Chindler Elevator Bionic5 Bionic7

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting
Summary This technical manual provides instructions regarding the diagnostics and troubleshooting
of the elevator control Bionic 5 Rel. 04/05/06/07 and Bio
Bionic
nic 7 RRel.
el. 01 and
01 and applies to
installations in the regions EU, AP and LA and Bio
Bionic
nic 7 R
Rel.
el. 01
01 for
for EU region only.
Control Bionic
Bionic 5 may also be referred
referred to as CO BIC 5.
5.
Control Bionic
Bionic 7 may also be referred
referred to as CO BIC 7.
7.
Modification 10 11 12 Prepared 25.07.2016 eberhaer

KA No. 154407 154410 154561 Reviewed 25.07.2016 ruxi
KA Date 20.02.16 11.06.16 08.10.16 Norms Chkd 27.07.2016 goodridi
Released 29.07.2016 quanju
Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7
Format
Diagnostics A4
Classification Lead O
Offfice
IN
INVE
VENT
NTIO
IO AG CH-6
CH-605
052
2 Her
Hergi
gisw
swil
il 11220 EB7 EJ 604639 EN
Copyright © 2016 INVENTIO AG All rights reserved.
INVENTIO AG, Seestrasse 55, CH-6052 Hergiswil, owns and retains all copyrights and other intellectual property rights in this manual. Any reproduction,
translation, copying or storing in data processing units in any form or by any means without prior permission of INVENTIO AG is regarded as infringement and will
be prosecuted.
Page 1/165

Table of Contents
1 Safety Advice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Safety Warnings Used in This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2 Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3 * Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.1 System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2 SMIC61, SMIC63, SMIC61E, SMIC63E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.3 SMICE74/75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4 SMICFC21/22
SMICFC21/22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3.5 SMICHMI21/22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.6 SCPU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.7 CLSD11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.8 SEM11/12/21/22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.9 * SEM35/36/37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.10 SDIC5x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.11 SDIC711/712
SDIC711/712 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.12 SIEU1/11Q
SIEU1/11Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.13 SUET3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.14 SCOPA5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.15 SCOPB4, SCOPBL4, SCOPBE4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.16 SCOPC5, SCOPCA5, SCOPCLA5, SCOPK5, SCOPKLA5, SCOPBM5,
SCOPBMA5, SCOPMBL5 41
3.17 SCOPD5, SCOPDC5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.18 SCOPPI1 Parallel Card Reader Interface for Maximum 35 Floors . . . . 42
3.19 * SCOPSI Card
Card Reader Serial
Serial Interface
Interface for up
up to 35 Floors
Floors (AP Only). . 43
3.20
3.21 PI_P1/P2 Connector
SCOPH(MH)3 Board for
Handicapped COPSCOPPI1
/ Card Reader. . . . Interface
. . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 44
45
3.22 SCOPM51/53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.23 SCPI4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.24 VCA1, VCA11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.25 LOP4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.26 LOP5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.27 LIN5/51/52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.28 LCUX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.29 SBBD24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.30 BIOGIO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.31 Dual Brand Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.31.1 Dual Brand COP PCB - SCOPMXB3.Q. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.31.2 Dual Brand
Brand LOP PCBs - SLCU(M) SLCU(M)2.Q 2.Q . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.32 Overlay Box, MCM (Triplex, Quadruplex) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.33 Embedded Telemonitoring Alarm ETMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.34 Embedded Telemonitoring Alarm ETMA Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.35 Telealarm
elealarm GNT TAM2 (Servit (Servitel el 10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.36 Telemonitoring GTM Servitel TM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
4 * User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.1 Human Machine Interface (HMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
4.2 SPECI Maintenance Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
4.3 * HMI Menu Structure and Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.3.1 * Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
4.3.2 Menu 70 if SW ≥ V11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.3.3 Tree Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
5 * Diagnostic and Error Recovery Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.1 Common Error Recovery Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.1.1 Recovery from Fatal Error (Normal Reset) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
5.1.2 Recovery from Fatal Error from Car Roof (Normal Reset). . . . . 92
5.1.3 Recovery from Fatal Error from Car Roof (Normal Reset)
i f C O B IC ≥ 7 93
5.1.4 Recovery from Persistent Fatal Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Copyright © 2016 INVENTIO AG 2/165

5.1.5 Reset of TSD systems (Short headroom and/or short pit). . . . . 94

5.1.6 GBP Reset Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
5.2 Diagnostic of Embedded TM4 and ETMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.3 Diagnostics of ETMA Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.4 Diagnostics of AC TMB Telemonitoring
Telemonitoring Beijing Device Device (AP Only) . . . . 97
5.5 * Error
Error Messages
Messages and Recovery
Recovery ProceduProcedures res (related
(related to to Menu
Menu 50) . . . 98
6 Configuration Parameters of the Bionic 5 Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
A1 * Elevator Status Indication (on HMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
A2 List of Country Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

1 Safety Advice
1.1 General
 Exclusively for competent professionals.

 Current version of the safety manual and any local safety requirements must be
consulted and followed before initiating works.
 Wear appropriate personal protective equipment.
1.2 Safety Warnin

ing
gs Used in This Manual
The following types of safety warnings are used in the present manual.
NOTICE
The safety warning with the signal word “Notice” is used to address practices that could
result in property damage but not in injury.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

2 Prerequisite
Special Tools None required.
Related
Number Title
Documents
EJ 604620 Commissioning Schindler 3100/3300/5300, Bionic 5
Rel. 04/05/06
04/05/06/07
/07 and Bionic 7 Rel.
Rel. 01
EJ 604618 Installation Bionic 5 Rel. 04/05/06/07 and Bionic 7 Rel. 01
EJ 604619 Maintenance Bionic 5 Rel. 04/05/06/07 and Bionic 7 Rel. 01

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3 * Overview
3.1 System Overview
If BIC 5, Main
Components
Schindler 3100/3300/5300 Main Components

Components CO BIC 5 [23367; 26.04.2014]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Main
Components if Controller
BIC7 with ESE LBSK KBV + KSS Drive Control
External Drive +LDU MGBV
+VF
ETMA
MVE
SMICHMI SF MGB,1 THMH

SF1 ACVF KB,1 MH
GRMGB
SCPU TDI
SMICFC
T2 2RPHT LB SC-U LBSC RPHT T1

SEM3x
+CCU Car Roof
SREC SUET3
JH 2SI SI
SDIC7x
SIS
SIL 1st CAN
nd K CBS SOA GNT KSE-U/D MVEC LC JHC2
SIBS COP 2 CAN Node
JLBS COP Node
PAS
NGL/TS KF DA-D LMG TSD LBSC-D
BAT1
BAT2 Car Bottom Components
DC-AC
10
KTS-N
KNET-N
s m
e y o
c e
c
n l
i
l p e
r
t
p n f
a
r
y
l u i e
p s / O t
n
p t e i KTS-K
u h N JDE/ JBF/ JNFF/ JAB
s i n R g
g i KNET-K
r l L n
i
e r e d
l
w a n i
o C o u
P B
h
P
KTS-K LCUX
KNET-K JBF-A, JAB, JNO, KBF, JSPCG,
KSPE-K, RFBE-K, JDNF-K
TA
220V ... 400V
in building PSI
KTS-1 Supervisory panel
SOA
JHSG
LBSG, PSG,
JLBS
KSSBV
BAP
KLSG
Pit Box RESG
Schindler 3100/3300/5300 Main Components

Components BIC 7 [604639_001; 09.12.2015]
Blocks highlighted in yellow are changed since BIC 5.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

The following main components are part of the Schindler 3100/3300/5300 system:
LDU Landing Door Unit (integrated in the landing door frame of the top or
second top most floor)
Contains the power supply and main parts of the Bionic 5 control
CCU Car Control Unit (on the car roof)
Contains the car and door related parts of the Bionic 5 control
ACVF Frequency converter
Vacon
Vacon NXP (B
(Biodyn
iodyn xy C BR) or Yaskawa
SPHRB/ Short Pit and Headroom box
SPHRBX Optional.
(and/or Interface
reduced and
pit). control
TSD21 box for systems with reduced headroom
systems.
COP Car Operating Panel
Car fixtures
LOP / LIN / Landing Operating Panel, Landing Indicator, Landing Call Unit Extension,
LCUX / BIO bus General Input Output
BIOGIO Landing fixtures and interfaces
Fermator Door Drive, Fermator Compact VVVF4+ and VF5+
Vari
aridor
dor 15 Door Drive, Varidor DDE-V15
Sematic door Door Drive Sematic SDS DC-PWM
RESG Pit Inspection Box

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Power Supply if
BIC 5
SEM SMIC
JH
RAE
24V
LOP
=
SI2
2.5A
SH LIN
ON/OFF
REF
=
+24V-NSG LCUX
SI1
2.5A
+12V-NSG
SI4
1A
SIS
JH1
ACVF
RO2
=
=
=
5/3.3V
SF
SF/
SF1 12V-NSG
SF1 SDIC COP
VVVE4+ / V15
MGB 4A
M
=
COP
Power Supply [23893; 26.04.2014]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Power Supply if
BIC 7 with
External Drive
SEM SMICFC
SMICHMI
JH
RAE
24V
LOP
=
SI2
2.5A
SH LIN
ON/OFF
REF
=
+24V-NSG LCUX
SI1
2.5A
+12V-NSG
SI4
1A
SIS
JH1
ACVF
RO2
=
=
=
5/3.3V
SF
SF/
SF1 12V-NSG
SF1 SDIC COP
VVVE4+ / V15
MGB 4A
M
=
COP
Power Supply [604639_003; 15.12.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Safety Circuit if
+24V 0V
BIC 5
DUEISK-A (LUEISK)
24..55V
K SS KSS
1
IUSK
2
KCBS
JHSG KSSBV KLSG SKS
1 ISPT
KCBS1 2
K T S -1 KTS -N
C SUET
S T
2 B K
C C C
T C
H K T
J K K
2 1 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 8 7 UET
. S KC SKC
c
.
n 2
2
RTS
SDIC 1 1
3 3
4 4
C 1 3 2 C 1 2 E 1 2
E C N
R U K
U
/
D E KBV KFG KBV
- F E N
C C K N K 1
E K 2
J
H R
D
2
ESE
REC ESE
1
2
1 TSD 2
3
KSR-A
JEM (RBE1) RBE SMIC
5 SNGL/SEM
SNGL / SEM 6
VF2 VF
ISK
1 4
R01
SF SF1
3
4
6
ACVF 2 5 SMIC 8
3
Safety Circuit,
Circuit, with TSD Rel. 01, Single Access
Access,, SDIC52 [38643; 08.03.201
08.03.2011]
1]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Safety Circuit if
BIC 7 with
External Drive
Safety Circuit [604639_005; 25.1

25.11.2015]
1.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

If BIC 5, Bus
data 24V (gy, wh)
Systems LDU BIO bus
0V (bk)
LIN
LOP
SMIC BBUS 88
1
2
3
SI 2 sync.
T2.5A 24V (rd)
LOP
CAN
TERMINATION 7 4
OFF
1 ON
LOP
VF SKC
sync.
LCUX
CAN CCU
SKC
88
SDIC
Varidor
2
V15 LCUM2
ACVF COP 5
3
COP
COP
= CAN bus BIOGIO
SCOP 6
LCUX
Bus System [25782; 26.04.2014]
If BIC 7, Bus
Systems
Bus System [604639_007; 15.12.2015]

1 CAN bus tertermin
minati
ation
on switch
switch on SMIC/SMI
SMIC/SMICFC CFC..
Default position: "OFF". (ACVF and CCU connected.
If CCU is not connected, set the switch to "ON". (Bus termination on
SMIC/SMICFC, for example during installation travel mode.)
2 CAN bus
bus is ter
termina
minated
ted a
auto
utomat
matica
ically
lly iin
n the ACVF
ACVF..
3 CAN bus is is terminate
terminated d automatic
automatically
ally (either on SDIC
SDIC oor)
r) on
on SCOP/CANC
SCOP/CANCP P
4 Default
Default Bion
Bionic ic 5 fixtures.
fixtures. (LIN
(LIN output
output is avavailabl
ailable
e on LIN51 or LIN
LIN52
52 only)
only)
5 Dual
Dual brand
brand fixtu
fixtures
res (LCU
(LCU2.Q
2.Q and
and LCUM2
LCUM2.Q .Q inter
interfac
faces)
es)
6 Buildin
Building
g interfa
interface
ce BIO
BIOGIO
GIO and
and machi
machinene roroom
om locate
locatedd LCU
LCUX.X.
7 With
With so
soft
ftwa
ware
re ve
vers
rsio
ion
n ≥ V9.7x and LIN52: Synchronization cable XCF is optional.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.2 SMIC61, S
SM
MIC63, S
SM
MIC61E, S
SM
MIC63E
PCB Layout
SMICE61.Q
LOP
1 SKC
KP
ETMA 1
OFF CAN-
SKS
ON TERMINATION
VF
OPTION
1 KBV
KSS
LOP (T2.5A)
ESE
SKC (T2.5A)
CLSD RESET
DG/DWLD
SCPU
BBUS MMC
LREC
LUET I S
U I R DWNLD
LREC-
A S P T S
K T S K
I
TELE SIM-
KNET CARD
+2
+24V
4V NGL
ERR
RS232 4
D BV
BV DU
UE
E IIS
S K-
K-A ES ET
R ES 6
INSPECTION 8
7
3
Main Interface Controller

Controller SMIC61 [37864; 28.01.201
28.01.2011]
1]
User Interface See chapter “User Interface”.
LEDs on
LED Display Description
SMIC(E)6x
LUET ON Car within door zone
OFF Car outside door zone
- Signal (12 V or 24 V) from the car via tr
tra
aveling cable
LREC - See se
section ““O
Operation Mo
Mode S
Siignalization”.
LREC-A
KNET ON With TSD Rel. 01: All doors are locked.
ON Wi
Witthout TS
TSD
D or with TSD2
SD21: Not applicable
OFF
OFF With
With TSD
TSD Rel
el.. 01:
01: At le
leas
astt one door
door is unlo
unlock
cked
ed..
OFF
OFF With
Withou
outt TS
TSD
D or wi
with
th TSD2
TSD21:
1: Not
Not appl
applic
icab
able
le
DWNLD ON Writ
Writin
ing
g to memo
memory
ry (d
(dur
urin
ing
g no
norm
rmal
al oper
operat
atio
ion
n or SW do
down
wnlo
load
ad))
OFF
OFF No writi
riting
ng to me
memo
mory
ry / no down
downlo
load
ad acti
activ
vity
ity
+24V-NGL ON Power su
supply fr
from NG
NGL on
on SE
SEM iis
sOOK
K.
The voltage is 26 ± 2 VDC.
OFF Power failure
ERR ON Fatal e
errror. M
Ma
anual rre
eset rre
equired.
OFF No error present
BL
BLIN
INKIN
KING
G War
arni
ning,
ng, au
auto
toma
mati
tic
c re
rese
sett
BBUS ON Short ci
circuit on
on BI
BIO b
bu
us o
orr B
BIIO bu
bus rre
eset
OFF BIO bus communication idle
FLICKERING
FLICKERING Normal
Normal BIO bus communi
communication
cation activit
activity
y

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Fuses
Fuse Type Description
SI1 2.
2.5
5 AT 26 VDC
VDC po
powe
werr sup
suppl
ply
y to SD
SDIC
IC on the
the c
car
ar
Connector SKC on SMIC
SI2 2.
2.5
5 AT 26 VDC
VDC pow
power
er suppl
upply
y to
to tthe
he BIO
BIO b
bus
us
Connector LOP on SMIC
Push Buttons
Push Button Description
RESET Available on SMICE6x only.
only. Exactly the same function as the
RESET button on the SCPU (manual reset of the control).
DBV Used to remotely trigger the overspeed governor (GBV) (for
example during acceptance tests)
DUEISK-A Used to reset the fault-detection function of the safety circuit (for
example after a short-circuit has occurred)
RESET INSPECTION a) Elevator without TSD: Used
TSD: Used to position the car in such a way
that the car roof is level to the LDU floor in order to give access
to the car roof.
b) Elevator with TSD, depending
TSD, depending on the situation:
– Same as for elevator without TSD.
– Used to reset the control after the car has been stopped
by TSD.
TSD.
Switches
Switch Description
CAN (BUS) “ON” = CAN bus termination active on SMIC (to be used when
TERMINATION SDIC is not connected, for example during the push button
installation)
“OFF” = Default position (SDIC connected to control) 1)
1) CAN bus termination on SDIC or SCOP w
works
orks autom
automatically
atically..
Connectors
Connector Description
SKC Connects to the CCU on the car via traveling cable (safety circuit, 24 VDC
power supply,
supply, 12 VDC emergency power supply, CAN bus, alarm system,
lamp “EVACUATION
“EVACUATION TRAVEL”, lamp “LUET”)
ETMA Available on SMICE
SMICE6x only. Connects the ETMA-MR. (Data transfer and
emergency power supply.)
KP Connects to the safety circuit contact of the buffer (KP is optional and
available on SMIC(E)63
SMIC(E) 63 only.)
LOP Connects to the landing fixtures LOP/LIN and LCUX via BIO bus
SKS Connects to the safety circuit in the
th e hoistway (included contacts JHSG
JHSG,,
KSSBV, KLSG and KTS, optionally SPHRB box or KNET monitoring)
VF Connects to the safety circuit on the ACVF and on the BIO bus
KSS Connects to the slack STM safety contact (KSS)
KBV Connects to the overspeed governor (safety circuit contacts KBV and
KFG,, remote control MGBV).
KFG MGBV ). In the TSD21 system the connection is
made via the SPHRB box.
ESE Connects to the RECALL CONTROL station (safety circuit and logic
signals). If no RECALL CONTROL station is connected, the bridge
connector BESE has to be plugged instead.
In TSD21 systems there is a Y-cable adapter connected with an
additional connection to the SPHRB box.
OPTION Connects to optional I/O signals (SOA, LAS (DM236), RNO (NS21))
CLSD Connects to the telemonitoring modem (CLSD = Common Line Sharing
Device)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

SCPU Connects to the central processor unit (board located on SMIC)
MMC Connects to the multi media card, which is used for software downloads
RS232 Connects to:
 The control of the other elevator (if duplex elevator)
 SPECI (used for advanced diagnostics)
TELE Connects to the telemonitoring device TM4. Can be used only when there
is no CLSD connected.
SIM Connects to the SIM card, a chip card that stores various options and
parameters
SEM Connects to the SEM PCBA (power supply, LUET
LUET,, safety circuit)
3.3 SMICE74/75
PCB Layout
SMICE7x.Q
LOP
1 SKC
KP
ETMA 1
OFF CAN-
SKS
ON TERMINATION
VF
OPTION
1 KBV
KSS
LOP (T2.5A)
ESE
SKC (T2.5A)
CLSD RESET
WDG/DWLD
SCPU
BBUS MMC
LREC
LUET I I R
U S
DWNLD
LREC-
A S P T S
K T S K
I
TELE SIM-
KNET CARD
+24V
+2 4V NGL
ERR
RS232 DBV DUEIS

DUEISK-
K-A RESET
INSPECTION
CAN
[49635; 14.12.2013]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Connectors
SKC Connects to the CCU on the car via traveling cable (safety circuit, 24 VDC
power supply,
supply, 12 VDC emergency power supply, CAN bus, alarm system,
lamp “EVACUATION
“EVACUATION TRAVEL”, lamp “LUET”)
ETMA Available on SMICE
SMICE6x only. Connects the ETMA-MR (data transfer and
emergency power supply).
KP Connects to the safety circuit contact of the buffer (KP is optional and
available on SMIC(E)63 only).
LOP Connects to the landing fixtures LOP/LIN and LCUX via BIO bus
SKS Connects to the safety circuit in the
th e hoistway (included contacts JHSG
JHSG,,
KSSBV, KLSG and KTS, optionally SPHRB box or KNET monitoring)
VF Connects to the safety circuit on the ACVF and on the BIO bus
KFG,, remote control MGBV).
KFG MGBV ). In the TSD21 system the connection is
made via the SPHRB box.
connector BESE has to be plugged instead.
In TSD21 systems there is a Y-cable adapter connected with an
additional connection to the SPHRB box.
CLSD Connects to the telemonitoring modem (CLSD = Common Line Sharing
Device)
SCPU Connects to the central processor unit (board located on SMIC)
MMC Connects to the multi media card, which is used for software downloads
RS232 Connects to:
 SPECI (used for advanced diagnostics)
is no CLSD connected.
SIM Connects to the SIM card, a chip card that stores various options and
parameters
CAN Connects to SEM PCBA’s CAN connector

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.4 SMICFC21/22
PCB Layout
HK CANC
R
H KBV MGBV-A CAN
P
S OPTION
K SS LOP KV
OPTI
ON
SPH VF
ESE
SKS
BYPASS
ETMA
TELE
FUSE FUSE FUSE

SPH SPH SPH
RS232
RB
V
Rel RTTV
ay
Relay
r
t
o
c
e
n
n
o
C
I
M
H
C
I
M
S
SEM
[604639_008; 25.1
25.11.2015]
1.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

LEDs
LED Description
DWNLD The yellow DWNLD LED indicates the status of the actions regarding the
MMC. It is directly driven by the microcontroller
microcont roller on the SMICFC2x through
the signal SW_DWLD
Fuses
SPH T0.
0.4
4A 26 VDC
VDC fu
fus
se for
for SPH
PHR
RBX
LOP T2.5 A 26 VDC fuse for LOP
SKC T2.5
T2.5A 26 VDC
VDC fus
fuse
e for
for 24 V_
V_NG
NGL
L ffor
or the car
car iin
n ttra
ravel
velin
ing
gccabl
able
e HK
HK
Switches
Switch Description
CAN (BUS) “ON” = The position ON is used during the installation to move the CAR
TERMINATION when the SDIC7x or the COP are not yet installed.
“OFF” = Default position (SDIC connected to control). The position OFF is
used when the SDICE7x is present (normal position).
Connectors
SMICHMI Piggy back connector for the interface PCBA SMICHMI and SCPU PCBA
is no CLSD connected
RS232 Connects to:

SPECI (used for advanced diagnostics)

HK Connects to the CCU or OKR on the
t he car via traveling cable (safety circuit,
24 VDC power supply
supply, 12 VDC emergen
emergency cy power supply,
supply, alarm system
system,,
lamp “LUET”)
CANC Connects to the CCU or OKR on the car via traveling cable (CAN bus to
car)
connector BESE has to be plugged instead
SPH Connector for optional TSD21 system including safety circuit signals
SPHR Connector to reset the optional TSD21 system
SKS Connects to the safety circuit in the hoistway pit
KV Connects to the safety circuit of the shaft doors
LOP Connects to the landing fixtures LOP/LIN, LCUX and pit inspection box
RESG via BIO bus
KFG,, remote control
KFG c ontrol MGBV)
MGBV-A Connector for the reset of the speed governor
VF Connects to the safety circuit on the ACVF and on the CAN bus for
external drive
CAN OPTION Optional CAN connector
ETMA Connects the ETMA-MR (Data transfer and emergency power supply)
BYPASS Connector to be used during maintenance on landing door, car door or
door locking contacts for a bypass device that is required by EN 81-20

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.5 SMICHMI21/22
PCB Layout Front

Side
DWNLD
MMCARD
RESET
ETH
LUET
JT BBUS
AG INSP
NORM
LCD
PWR
ERR
SIM CARD ESC
RST
DBV DUEISK-A
INSP
DRZS locking device LZS

(only for SMICHMI21)
DRZS
BDM CM2 BDM SCPU1
[604639_009; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

PCB Layout Rear

Side
.
n
o
C
C
F
C
I
M
S
SCPU1 PCB
SCPU Con.
[604639_010; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]
User Interface For more details, refer to chapter “User Interface”.
LEDs
LED Color Description
INSP (LREC) Yellow In
Ins
spe
pec
ction mod
mode
NORM (LREC_A) Green Normal mode
ERR Red Error

DWNLD (SW_DWLD) Yel
elllow So
Sofftw
twar
are
e dow
downl
nloa
oad
d
LUET Blue Elevator in door zone
+26VPWR Gr
Gree
een
n 24 V-N
-NGL
GL su
supp
pply
ly pr
pres
esen
entt on
on S
SMI
MICF
CFC2
C2x
x
BBUS Gree
Green
n Bl
Blin
inks
ks duri
during
ng Bio
BioBus
Bus c
com
ommu
muni
nica
cati
tion
on,, ON whe
when
n
BioBus
BioB us is 0 V
LZS Red
Red On wh
when
en SPHR
SPHR ddev
evic
ice
e is
is a
act
ctiv
ivate
ated
d ((po
popu
pula
late
ted
d onl
only
y
on SMICHMI21)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Push Buttons
RESET The RESET push button (S1) is used to reset the CPU on the SCPU1
board. It works in parallel with the reset button implemented on the
SCPU1 board.
Note: This is the common reset button for SCPU1 and uC of SMICFC2x.
DRZS The DRZS push button is used to reset the TSD21 safety system. This
button is protected by a mechanical lock against misuse and is populated
only on SMICHMI21.
Connectors
SMICFC2 Piggy back connector for the main board PCBA SMICFC2x
SCPU1 Connects to the SCPU1 PCBA on the back side of the PCBA
JTAG JTAG connector provides the interface for programming the on-board
CPLD
BDM SCPU1 The BDM connector provides the interface for the CPU debugging system
(BDM) on the SCPU1. This connector is only populated for test PCBA
BDM CM2 The BDM connector provides the interface for the CPU debugging system
(BDM) on the SCPU1. This connector is only populated for test PCBA
MMCARD Connects to the multimedia card, which is used for software downloads
SIM CARD Connects to the SIM card, a chip card that stores various options and
parameters

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.6 SCPU1
PCB Layout
Central Processor
Processor Unit S
SCPU1
CPU1 [23601; 25.09.2007]
LEDs
WDOG BLINK
BLINKIN
ING
G Norma
Normall op
opera
erati
tion
on
DWLD OFF Software do
download in
in p
prrogress
Do not switch off the
the system while the processor is writing to
t o the
memory in order to avoid data corruption.
5 BLIN
BLINKS
KS En
End
d of sof
softw
twar
are
e down
downlo
load
ad
Push Buttons
RESET Press to manually reset the CPU.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.7 CLSD11
PCB Layout
Common Line Sharing Device (modem)

(modem) CLSD1
CLSD11
1 [23600; 25.09.2007]
Switches
Switch Description
UNIT ID Set the rotary switch to:
 “0” if no PABX is present
 “F” if PABX is present.
Connectors
UART Connects to SMIC
PSTN Connects to the phone network in the building
ALARM Connects to the TA device (TM2/TAM2) on the car. This applies only if
there is no PABX present.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.8 SEM11/12/21/22
PCB Layout
DEM JEM
VPUF (T10A)
OFF ON
DRZS LZS
RE
RESE
SET
EVAC.ERR
BATT.WARN
VBAT
BO
BOOS
OST
T RESE
RE SET
T
12V
12V-T1
-T1 ( T1A)
DC-AC
DIST MGB-
MG B-T
2
VF 4
3
XSP RKPH 0
0
BA
BAT
T 0
LDU 0
1
Evacuation Module (shown SEM11,

SEM11, with TSD21 option) [23161; 05.12.2011]
Features  5 V and 3.3 V power supply

 12 V emergency power supply

Manual evacuation (PEBO)

 Features automatic evacuation (SEM11 and SEM21 only)
LEDs
EVAC. ON Fa
Fail
ilur
ure
e of
of tthe
he el
elec
ectr
tron
onic
ic swit
switch
ch of the
the b
bra
rake
ke cont
contro
roll ((app
appli
lies
es to
ERR. manual evacuation only)
(red)  Manual evacuation: One
evacuation: One evacuation still possible but SEM
has to be replaced after
replaced after the evacuation as soon as possible.
 Automatic evacuation: Possible
evacuation: Possible
OFF
OFF El
Elec
ectr
troni
onic
c swi
switc
tch
hooff the
the brake
brake cont
contro
roll O
OK
K ((ap
appl
plie
ies
s to
to m
man
anual
ual
evacuation only)
 Manual evacuation: Possible
BATT. ON Charge status critical

WARN.
(red) Available battery capacity < 50 % of rated capacity
 Emergency light lasting for up to one hour
evacuation: Possible depending on the actual
available capacity
evacuation: Possible depending on the actual
available capacity
 Battery status is updated every ten minutes. If the LED stays
“ON” for more than ten hours, the charging is taking too long,
which can mean:
– Battery defective (one or both)
– Battery charger defective.
OF F Charge status OK
 Available battery capacity ≥ 50 % of rated
rated capacit
capacity
y
 Emergency light lasting for more than one hour

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics


VBAT ON Battery voltage OK
(green)  Manual evacuation: Possible
OF F Battery vo
voltage fa
failure
 Manual evacuation: Not
evacuation: Not possible
 Automatic evacuation: Not
evacuation: Not possible
 The batteries are either disconnected or the battery voltage
is < 3 VDC.
VDC.
BOOST ON While DEM is pressed only: Brake energizing voltage is
(yellow) (hi
(high
gh bri
bright
ght)) 62.5 VDC approximatel
approximatelyy.
ON While DEM is pressed only: Brake energizing voltage is
(lo
(low
w bri
bright
ght)) 125 VDC approximatel
approximatelyy.
A very low brightness indicates a residual voltage on the input
capacitors, which will disappear within a few seconds.
OFF
OFF Whil
While
e DEM
DEM is pr
pres
esse
sed
d onl
only
y: PEB
PEBO
O iis
s ““O
OFF
FF””
The complete “BOOST” LED signalization applies to manual
evacuation only.
only.
LZS ON TSD21 (short headroom and/or short pit) supervision system
TSD21 (short
(red) has been triggered. A KNET landing door supervision contact
Only has been activated. The system is blocked.
TSD21 Press DRZS to reset the system.
systems
Remark: Preconditions to reset the system:
 Landing doors are closed and locked (KTS)

Movable bolts below the car are in inactive position

 Inspection travel mode is not active anymore
 No stop switch is active
OFF
OFF TSD2
TSD21
1ssup
uper
ervi
visi
sion
on not
not a
act
ctiv
ive.
e. No
Norm
rmal
al op
oper
erat
atio
ion.
n.
Fuses
SI3 10 A T Man
Manua
uall e
eva
vacu
cuat
atiion boos
booste
terr p
pro
rote
tect
ctio
ion
n
SI4 1 AT 12 VD
VDC em
emergency su
supply pr
protection
Push Buttons and

Switch / Push Button Description
Switches
JEM Turn to position “ON” for manual evacuation, which results in:
 Safety circuit is open
 Manual evacuation is enabled

DEM button is blinking.
DEM  Push and hold (according to rescue instructions) to manually
evacuate.
 Push to reset the battery undervoltage protection after battery
replacement.
 DEM is “BLINKING” while JEM is “ON”.
RESET Only used for diagnostics of battery
batte ry charger. A reset toggles the
battery which will be charged (Without reset toggled every 5
minutes automatically.)
automatically.)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Switch / Push Button Description

DRZS Reset Only in case of TSD21 systems. (Short headroom and/or short
pit.) To reset the system after the KNET supervision has been
triggered.
Preconditions to reset the system:
 Landing doors are closed and locked (KTS)
 Movable bolts below the car are in inactive position
 Inspection travel mode is not active anymore
 No stop switch is active
Connectors Connector Description

SEM Connects to SMIC61 (power supply, LUET,
LUET, safety circuit)
SKC Connects to the CCU on the car via traveling cable (safety circuit,
24 VDC power supply,
supply, 12 VDC emergency power supply
supply,, CAN bus,
alarm system, lamp “EVACUA
“EVACUATION
TION TRAVEL”,
TRAVEL”, lamp “LUET”)
DC-AC Available on SEM11 and SEM21 only.
only. Connects to the battery
monitoring/charging and to the ENABLE input of the external booster
(230 VAC or 24VDC → 120 VDC)
BAT
BAT Available on SEM12 and SEM22 only. Connects the battery
monitoring/charging (12V-NSG)
SP 12V-NSG power supply for the optional SPHRB box (TSD21 systems
with short headroom and/or short pit).
VF Connects to the ACVF
MGB-T Used for the half-brake test. To
To test each half of the brake, two
connectors
and have to be plugged alternatively during
Test-MGB1). durin g the test (T
(Test-MGB
est-MGB
RKPH Connects to the optional external phase control relay. The relay is
required if control of all three phases is needed for the automatic
evacuation.
LDU Connects to the power supply units NGL (26 VDC) and SIS (230 VAC).

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.9 * SEM35/36/37
PCB Layout
SEM
DEM JEM
BOOST
EVAC
BATT24 NOK
BATT12
PWR
RESET
AC
MMC
DWLD
CAN
MAINS
DIST
RKPH
DC_AC MGB-T
SP BAT VF
LDU
[604639_23_00; 28.07.2016]
Connectors Connector Description

SEM Connects to SMIC7x (power
(po wer supply, LUET,
LUET, safety circuit)
DC-AC Available on SEM35 only.
only. Connects to the battery monitoring/charging
and to the ENABLE input of the external booster (230 V
VAC
AC or 24 VDC
→ 120 VDC)
BAT
BAT Available on SEM36/37 only. Connects
Connects the battery
monitoring/charging (12V-NSG)
SP 12V-NSG power supply for the optional SPHRB box (TSD21 systems
with short headroom and/or short pit)
VF Connects to the ACVF
MGB-T Used for the half-brake test. To
To test each half of the brake, two
connectors have to be plugged alternatively during
durin g the test (T
(Test-MGB
est-MGB
and Test-MGB1)
RKPH If SEM35 only: Connects
Conne cts to the optional external phase control relay.
The relay is required if control of all three phases is needed for the
automatic evacuation
LDU Connects to the power supply units NGL (26 VDC) and SIS (230 VAC)
MAINS Connects to mains for e-inspection monitoring
DIST Connects to PEBO distance control
User Interface
Switches/LED Description
JEM Switch - used to enable enable/disable manual evacuation mode
DEM Pushbutton switch - used to release a single PEBO pulse
RESET Pushbutton switch - used to reset the SEM PCBA

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Switches/LED Description
BATT12 Yellow LED - indicates the status/level of the 12 V battery
 ON = Normal operation
 1 Hz blinking = Battery level < 10%
 Slow blinking = Battery has been charged for 30 minutes
 Fast blinking = Battery has been charged for 72 hours
BATT24 Yellow LED - indicates the status/level of the 24 V battery
 ON = Normal operation
 1 Hz blinking = Battery level < 10%
 Slow blinking = Battery has been charged for 30 minutes

Fast blinking = Battery has been charged for 72 hours

CAN Red LED - indicates transmission errors on I2C/CAN bus to SMICFC2x
PWR Green LED - indicates that 24V-NGL power or battery supply to SEM3
PCBA is OK
NOK Red LED - indicates errors on SEM3 PCBA = SEM either not working or
reset in progress
AC Red LED - indicates that mains power to SEM3 PCBA is missing
DWLD Yellow LED - indicates that a download to microcontroller is in progress
EVAC Green or red LED - green indicates that evacuation is fully operational -
red indicates that evacuation is possible but the SEM PCBA needs to be
replaced as soon as possible
BOOST Yellow LED - indicates that the booster output voltage (PEBO)
(PE BO) is OK
JEM ON Yellow LED inside DEM pushbutton - flashing indicates that the JEM
switch is set to ON (evacuation enabled)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.10 SDIC5x
PCB Layout
MMC
RLC-A
SDIC 51.Q
Id.No. 591884
SDIC 52.Q
RESET
Id.No. 591885
LC
POWC
PC
XMIL 2PHS RPHT 2RPHT
XCOP 1 1 1
POWT
SOA DOOR 2DOOR PHS SKC KSE
1 1 1 1 1 1
GNT
UCC KNE 2KTC KTC JHC2 KCBS UET REC
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Door Interface Controller SD

SDIC5x
IC5x [23572; 09.02.2008]
Type of Access SDIC51 SDIC52 SDIC53

Single Entrance yes - yes
Dual Entrance - yes -
Preopening - yes yes

Fan Control - - yes
LEDs
24V ON 24 VDC from LDU are present
OFF 24 VD
VDC from LDU are missing
12V-NSG ON 12 VDC
VDC fro
from
m the
the emer
emerge
genc
ncy
y pow
power
er supp
supply
ly (o
(on
n LDU
LDU)) are
are pre
prese
sent
nt
OFF
OFF 12 VDC from
from the
the emer
emerge
genc
ncy
y pow
power
er supp
supply
ly (o
(on
nLLDU
DU)) a
are
re missi
missing
ng
3.3V/5V ON Voltages ffrrom SD
SDIC a
arre pr
present
OFF Voltages ffrrom SDIC ar
are mi
missing
PHS, ON Li
Ligh
ghtt b
bea
eam
m tto
o pho
photo
toce
cell
ll ob
obst
stru
ruct
cted
ed (c
(car
ar in
insi
side
de door
door z
zon
one)
e)
2 PHS OFF
OFF Li
Ligh
ghtt beam
beam to ph
photo
otoce
cell
ll not
not obs
obstr
truc
ucte
ted
d (car
(car ou
outs
tsid
ide
e door
door zone
zone))
WDOG BLINK
BLINKIN
ING
G Norma
Normall op
opera
erati
tion
on
ON Not applicable
OFF
OFF Duri
During
ng so
soft
ftwa
ware
re down
downlo
load
ad (w
(whi
hile
le syst
system
em is ener
energi
gize
zed)
d)
DWNLD BLINKING
BLINKING Softwa
Software
re downl
download
oad in
in pro
progre
gress
ss
OFF
OFF Id
Idle
le st
stat
ate
e (n
(no
o down
downlo
load
ad acti
activ
vity)
ity)
ON Not applicable
ERROR BLINK
BLINKIN
ING
G CAN bus
bus dist
disturb
urban
ance
ce
OFF Normal op
operation
ON Error
LMG ON Frequenc
uency
y sign
gnal
al from CLC present
OFF
OFF Fre
requ
quen
ency
cy si
sign
gnal
al fr
from
om CLC
CLC miss
missin
ing
g

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Push Buttons
RESET Press to manually reset the SDIC5x.
Connectors
Connector Description SDIC
51 52
MMC Connects to MMC (multimedia card, used for software yes yes
downloads)
XMIL Connects to LEFC on COP4 or COP5 (lamp yes yes
“EVACUATION TRAVEL”)
XCOP Connects to COP4 or COP5 (CAN bus, power supply, yes yes
alarm)
GNT Connects to telealarm device yes yes
SOA Connects to alarm horn on the car yes yes
DOOR Conn
onnects to door drive of entr
ntrance side 1 (logi
gic
c signals) yes yes
2DOOR Connects to door drive of entrance side 2 (logic signals) - yes
PHS Connects to floor level photocell of entrance side 1 yes yes
2PHS Connects to floor level photocell of entrance side 2 - yes
RPHT Connects to light barrier/curtain of entrance side 1 yes yes
2RPHT Connects to light barrier/curtain of entrance side 2 - yes
SKC Connects to LDU via traveling cable (safety circuit, 24 VDC yes yes
power supply, 12 VDC emergency power supply, CAN bus,
alarm system, lamp “EVACUATION
“EVACUATION TRAVEL”, lamp
“LUET”)
KSE Connects to the hoistway end sensors (KSE-U, KSE-D) yes yes
UCC Connects to the electrical peripherals on the underside of yes yes
the car (car load cell CLC, alarm button DA-D, safety gear
contacts KF and KF1, TSD safety contacts KSR and
KSR-A)
KNE Connects to hoistway limit switch yes yes
KTC Connects to door lock contact of entrance side 1 yes yes
2KTC Connects to door lock contact of entrance side 2 - yes
JHC2 Connects to second stop switch on the car roof (required if - yes
first stop switch is located > 1 m from the landing of
entrance side 2)
KCBS Connects to the car blocking safety switch, which has to be yes yes
activated while working on the drive system from the car
roof (KCBS, 2KCBS)
UET Connects to the door overbridging circuit (SUET3, logic and - yes
safety circuit)
REC Connects to the inspection panel (logic, safety circuit and yes yes
alarm)
POWC Connects to the traveling cable (providing
(pro viding 230 VAC for the yes yes
car light, mains outlet and door drive)
LC Conne
onnect
cts
s to
to the
the ca
carr llig
ight
htin
ing
g (li
(line
ne sw
swiitche
tched
dbby
y rrel
elay
ay RLC-A
LC-A)) ye
yes
s yes
PC Connects to the mains outlet on the Inspection Control yes yes
panel (230 VAC supply)
POWT Connects to the door drive (230 VAC supply) yes yes

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.11 SDIC711/712
PCB Layout
[604639_011; 26.11.2015]
Variants
Function/Interface 711 712
Deployment Area EU EU
nd
2 Door Interface - Y
Door Parallel Y Y
Door Serial (CAN) Y Y
2nd Access Shaft Info Parallel - Y
Shaft Info Parallel Y Y
Shaft Info Serial (CAN-SALSIS) - -
Car CAN Interface on NGL Y Y
Car Damping Device (CDD) Interface - -
Car Ventilator (MVEC) Interface - -
Door Over-Bridge Interface (UET) Y Y
Relay Test Door Contact (RTTC) Y Y
Car Emergency Exit Interface - -
nd
2 Load Sensor Interface - -
E-inspection: Y Y
– Car Light Current Measurement Y Y
– Car and Roof Emergency Light Current Measurement Y Y
– Shaft Temperature Measurement Y Y
LEDs
Silkscreen HW Relevant Color Set by
PWR Light
Light ON when
when 26 V_NGLC
V_NGLC or 13 V_NSGC
V_NSGC Green HW
present
CANC Light ON when CAN1 (elevator bus) Red µC
communication cannot be established by the µC
CANCx Light ON when CAN2 (car bus) communication Red µC
cannot be established by the µC
LUET Light ON when output ’LUET’ is active Green µC

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

Silkscreen HW Relevant Color Set by

ISK Light ON when input ’T5/ISK’ on SMICFC PCBA is Green µC
active
PHS Light ON when input ’PHS’ is active Green µC
2PHS Light ON when input ’2PHS’ is active Green µC
UET Light ON when input ’RFUET’ is not active Red µC
NOK Light ON when µC is in reset mode, µC at startup, Red µC
µC not programmed, µC watchdog timer is
elapsed, or a hardware problem is detected by µC.
Light OFF when µC and hardware work both
correctly
DWNLD Blinking when SW/FW download process is Yellow µC
ongoing
LMS Light ON if ’CLC1’ input frequency < 10kHz or > Red µC
20 kH
kHzz
Light OFF if ’CLC1’ input frequency ≥ 10kHz and
≤ 20
XCOP Light ON when input ’COP_DETECT’ not active Red µC

DOOR/CANT Light ON when door front side not connected Red µC
2DOOR/2CANT Light ON when door rear side not connected Red µC
REC Blinking when input ’N_REC’ or ’N_JHC’ active Yellow µC
KSE-U Light ON when input ’KSE_U’ active Green µC
KSE-D Light ON when input ’KSE_D’ active Green µC
Push Buttons Push Button Description

RESET The RESET push button (S1) is used to reset the microcontroller on
board
Switches
Switch Description
CAN (BUS) “ON” = The position ON is used to terminate the car CAN bus on board
TERMINATION “OFF” = The position OFF is used when the car CAN bus is extended
outside the SDICE7x PCBA (normal position)
Connectors
Name Assembled Description
on SDIC 7xx
HK Always Connects to LDU via traveling cable (safety circuit, 24 VDC
power supply, 12 VDC emergency power supply
supply,, alarm
system, lamp “LUET”)
CANC Always Connects to elevator CAN bus in the LDU via traveling cable
POWC Always 230 VAC car power via traveling cable
REC Always Connects to roof inspection control station
KTC Always Safety contact front car door
2KTC 12, 22
22, 32
32 Saf
afe
ety c
co
ontact rre
ear car do
door
JHC2 12, 13,
13, 22, 32 STOP
STOP butt
button
on re
rear
ar entran
entrance
ce
KCBS Always Safety contact car blocking system
SKUCC Always Safety contacts under the car
KNE Always Safety contact emergency limit
KNA 21, 22 Safety contact emergency exit
SKUET Always Safety contact overbridging door
UET Always Interface to door overbridging PCBA SUET

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics


on SDIC 7xx
GNT Always Interface to telealarm device
XTHC Never Interface to
to te
temperature se
sensor on
on to
top o
off ca
car
SOA Always Connects to alarm horn on the car
XCOP Always Connects to COP4 or COP5 (CAN bus, power supply,
supply, alarm)
XCRC Always Connects to card reader panel
DOOR 11, 12, 21, 22, Connects to door drive of entrance side 1 (parallel interface)
31, 32
2DOOR 12,
12, 2
22,
2, 32 Conn
Connect
ects
s to
to d
doo
oorr driv
drive
e of
of entr
entran
ance
ce side
side 2 (p
(par
aral
alle
lell int
inter
erfac
face)
e)
RPHT 11, 12, 22, 23 Connects
Connects to light
light barrier/curt
barrier/curtain
ain of entrance
entrance side
side 1
2RPHT 12,
12, 22,
22, 32 Conn
Connec
ects
ts to ligh
lightt barr
barrie
ier/
r/cu
curt
rtai
ain
n of
of e
entr
ntran
ance
ce side
side 2
CANT Always Connects to door drive of entrance side 1 (serial CAN
interface)
2CANT 12, 13, 22,
22, 32 Connects
Connects to door
door drive
drive of entrance
entrance si
side
de 2 (serial
(serial CAN
interface)
KSE 11, 12, 21, 22, Connects to the hoistway end sensors (KSE-U, KSE-D)
31, 32
PHS 11, 12, 21, 22, Connects to floor level photocell of entrance side 1
31, 32
PHNR-U 11, 12, 21, 22, Connects to relevelling photocell UP of entrance side 1
31, 32
PHNR-D 11, 12, 21, 22, Connects to relevelling photocell DOWN of entrance side 1
31, 32
2PHS 12
12,, 22,
22, 32 Conn
Connec
ects
ts to flo
floor
or llev
evel
el pho
photo
toce
cell
ll of
of en
entr
tran
ance
ce sid
side
e2
2PHNR-U 12,
12, 2
22,
2, 32 Conne
Connect
cts
s to
to rrel
elev
evel
elli
ling
ng photo
photoce
cell
ll UP of en
entr
tranc
ance
essid
ide
e2
2PHNR-D 12,
12, 2
22,
2, 32 Conne
Connect
cts
s to
to rrel
elev
evel
elli
ling
ng photo
photoce
cell
ll DO
DOWN
WN of entr
entran
ance
ce side
side 2
PHS-B 11, 12, 21, 22, Connects to blind-floor level photocell
31, 32
CANSI 13 Interface to shaft information system SALSIS
LMS Always Connects to load measuring system
CDD 21, 22,
22, 31, 31 Connec
Connects
ts to car
car damp
damping
ing devic
device
e
POWT Always Connects to the door drive (230 VAC supply)
PC Always Connects to the mains outlet on the inspection control panel
(230 VAC supply)
LC Always Connects to the car lighting (line switched by relay RLC-A)
MVEC 21, 22, 31,

31, 32 Connects
Connects to the car
car ventil
ventilator
ator (lin
(line
e switched
switched by relay
relay RVEC)
LBSC Always Connects to the car roof lighting
LNTC 11, 12,
12, 1
13
3 Conn
Connec
ectts to
to e
eme
merg
rgen
ency
cy li
ligh
ghtt car
car ro
roof
of
LNC 11, 12,
12, 1
13
3 Conn
Connec
ectts to
to e
eme
merg
rgen
ency
cy li
ligh
ghtt cab
cabin
inet
et
DA Always Connects to push button alarm
LREF 11, 12,
12, 13
13 Conn
Connec
ects
ts to la
lamp
mp and audi
audible
ble sign
signal
al pit in
insp
spec
ecti
tion
on op
oper
erati
ation
on
UCDA Always Connects to alarm button under car
IN1, IN2 Always Optional input connectors
OUT1, Always Optional output connectors
OUT2
CANC1 Always Connects to optional car CAN device, 13/26 V
CANC2 Always Connects to optional car CAN device, 26 V, 13/26 V
MMC Always Connects to MMC (multimedia card, used for software
downloads)


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics


on SDIC 7xx
JTAG Never Used ffo
or de
debug pu
purp
rpo
ose, thi
this
s con
conn
nector iis
s on
only p
po
opul
ulat
ate
ed fo
for
test PCBA
SWD Never Used ffo
or de
debug pu
purp
rpo
ose, thi
this
s con
conn
nector iis
s on
only p
po
opul
ulat
ate
ed fo
for
test PCBA

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.12 SIEU1/11Q
PCB Layout
SIEU1.Q, view from top and view from fr

front
ont [28775; 23.12.2008]
LEDs
LED Normal Meaning
Operation
(2)PHNR-U ON/O
ON/OFF
FF ON = (2)
(2)PHN
PHNR-R-U
U or PHN
PHNR-U
R-U_B
_B is
is acti
active
ve ((=2
=24V)
4V) = L
Lig
ight
ht
beam interrupted
(2)PHNR-D ON/O
ON/OFF
FF ON = (2)
(2)PHN
PHNR-R-D
D or PHN
PHNR-D
R-D_B
_B is
is acti
active
ve ((=2
=24V)
4V) = L
Lig
ight
ht
beam interrupted
Connectors
Connec
Connecto
torr De
Desc
scri
rip
ption
tion
PHNR-U Sensor re-leveling up (lower sensor)
PHNR-D Sensor re-leveling down (upper sensor)
2PHNR-U Sensor re-leveling up (lower sensor), second door
2PHNR-D Sensor re-leveling down (upper sensor), second door
PHNR-U_B Lower sensor blind floor (if blind floor and re-leveling)
PHNR-D_B Upper sensor blind floor (if blind floor and re-leveling)
PHS-B Sensor blind floor (if blind floor only, no re-leveling)
PHS To SDIC.PHS (see safety circuit schematics)
SDIC-PHS To PHS sensor (see safety circuit schematics)
IN SIEU11.Q only.
only. Inputs (Used forf or MOS functions only)
OUT2 SIEU11.Q only.
only. Outputs (Used for MOS functions only.)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.13 SUET3
PCB Layout
SUET3.Q
1
XPHI0
1
XPHUET
1
2XPHUET
Door Interface
Interface Controller SU
SUET3
ET3 [23573; 25.09.2007]
Connectors
XUET Connects to the door overbridging control
XSIH Not used
XSCUET Connects to the overbridging circuit
XPHIO Connects to redundant optical sensor
XPHUET Connects to the optical sensor of the door zone detection on entrance
si
side
de 1
2XPHUET Connects to the optical sensor of the door zone detection on entrance
si
side
de 2
Hoistway Dispo
Information
1 Ca r 2
Hoistway Dispo
Dispo Information for the Door Zone Detection (pre-opening) [23574; 25.09.2007]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.14 SCOPA5
PCB Layout
Car Operating Panel SCOP

SCOPA5
A5 [26892; 04.07.2008]
LEDs
WDOG BLINKING
BLINKING Norm
Normal
al ope
operati
ration,
on, Softwar
Software
e OK
OK
ON Not applicable
OFF Failure
SW DWLD BLINKING
BLINKING Soft
Software
ware download
download from MMC
MMC in prog
progress
ress
OFF Idl
Idle st
state
ate (n
(no d
do
ownlo
wnloa
ad act
activ
ivit
ity)
y)
ON Not applicable
Push Buttons
RESET Press to manually reset SCOPA5.
Connectors
XKEY1
EY1 ... 4 Connects to optional external input keys
XANT Not used
XVCA Connects to the optional voice announcer (VCA11)
XMAIN1, -
XMAIN2
XSENS, XSPI -
MMC Connects to MMC (multimedia card, used for software downloads)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

3.15 SCOPB4, SCOPBL4, SCOPBE4
PCB Layout
XLSENS
XLOGO
XDIS1 RESET
XTELA
XSER SCOPB 4.Q
Id.No. 591897
XKEY4 XCOP
XKEY3
XKEY2 WDOG
XKEY1 HFE
DWLD
Car Operating Panel

Panel (SCOPB4 shown) [23581; 03.10.2007]
In comparison to SCOPB4, SCOPBL4 and SCOPBE4 feature three more call buttons and
the same connectors are located differently.
Restriction SCOPB4 is used with Schindler 3100 only
LEDs
LAGC ON Indi
Indica
cate
tes
sav val
alid
idat
ated
ed al
alar
arm
m (th
(the
e LED
LED sta
stays
ys “ON
“ON”” u
unt
ntil
il TAC
TACC
C
acknowledges the alarm or until the termination of the alarm
call by a test alarm from TACC)
OFF Normal state
LL-X ON Maxi
Maximu
mum
m ca
carr lloa
oad
d ha
has
s bee
been
n ex
exce
ceed
eded
ed (c
(car
ar ca
cann
nnot
ot move
move))
OFF Normal state
LEFC ON Au
Auto
toma
mati
tic
c ev
evac
acua
uati
tion
on in
in prog
progre
ress
ss (ca
(carr movi
moving
ng to
to the
the next
next flo
floor
or))
OFF Normal state
LARC ON TAC
ACCC has
has ac
ackn
know
owleledg
dged
ed th
the
e alar
alarm
m an
and
d des
desp
pat
atch
ched
ed a
technician (help is coming)
OFF Normal state
WDOG BLINKI
BLINKING
NG Nor
Normal
mal opera
operatio
tion
n
ON Not applicable
OFF Failure
DWLD BLINKING
BLINKING Sof
Softwar
tware
e dow
downloa
nload
d from MMC in progress
progress
OFF Idle
Idle sta
state (n
(no
oddo
ownlo
wnloa
ad act
activ
ivit
ity)
y)
ON Not applicable
Emergency ON Pe
Perm
rman
anen
entl
tly
yoon
n ((no
no ligh
lightt s
sen
enso
sorr c
con
onne
nect
cted
ed).
).
Light 1) OFF -
1) This LED
LED is not s
shown
hown o
on
n the fi
figure
gure a
above.
bove.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Push Buttons
RESET Press to manually reset the SCOPB4.
Connectors
XLSENS Not used (connects to the car lighting detection (photo diode), which
activates the emergency lighting)
XLOGO Connects to the Schindler logo backlight
XDIS1 Connects to the optional external car position indicator (CPI) (car position
and next car direction)
XSER Not used (serially connects to external devices)
XKEY1–4 Connects to optional external input keys
XTELA Connects to telealarm device (GNT) (for example TM2/TAM2 with
signalization of LAGC and LARC)
XCOP Connects to SDIC

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.16
3.16 SC
SCOP
OPC5
C5,, SC
SCOP
OPCA
CA5,
5, SC
SCOP
OPCL
CLA5
A5,, SC
SCOP
OPK5
K5,, SC
SCOP
OPKL
KLA5
A5,,
SCOPBM5, SCOPBMA5, SCOPMBL5
PCB Layout
XKEY4 XKEY2
ANT XKEY3 XKEY1
DIS2
DIS1
BLUE MMC
Car Operating
Operating Panel PC
PCB
B [23577; 25.09.2007]
Features  Main module of COP5

 Features microprocessor, input key switches, firmware update
 SCOPC has a configurable “1 to n” capacitive keypad with button illumination red/blue

SCOPK has a capacitive decimal keypad

 SCOPBM has a mechanical push button keypad (standard decimal keypad or optional
“1 to n” key
keypa
pad)
d)
LEDs
WDOG BLINKING 1) Normal operation
ON Not applicable
OFF
OFF Duri
During
ng soft
softwa
ware
re do
down
wnlo
load
ad (w
(whi
hile
le sy
syst
stem
em is en
ener
ergi
gize
zed)
d)
DWNLD BLINKI
BLINKING
NG Softwa
Software
re down
downloa
load
d in prog
progres
ress
s
OFF Idl
Idle sta
state (no down
downlo
loa
ad act
ctiivi
vity
ty))
ON Not applicable
1) 0.5
0.5 H
Hz
z blin
blink
k
Push Buttons Push Button Description

RESET Press to manually reset the SCOPx PCB.
Connectors
XBLUE Connects to SCOPR5 (LA only)
XDIS1/2 Connects to SCOPD5 or SCOPDC5
XANT Connects to the antenna of the Schindler Access System (SAS)
XKEY1–4 Connects to optional external input keys
XBUT1–3 Connects to SCOPB5 on SCOPBM5
SAS Connects to the optional Schindler Access System

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.17 SCOPD5, S
SC
COPDC5
PCB Layout
XVCA
1 XDIS1
XMAIN1
1 1
XMAIN2 XDIS2
1 1
Car Operating Panel Destination/Call Indicator SCOPD5

SCOPD5 and SCOPDC5 [23579; 25.09.2007]
Features  SCOPD5 has a 8 x 2 display

 SCOPDC5 has a 1 x 2 display
Connectors
XMAIN1/2 Connects to SCOPM51
XDIS1/2 Connects to SCOPC5, SCOPK5 or SCOPBM5
3.18
3.18 SC
SCOP
OPPI
PI1
1PPar
aral
alle
lell C
Car
ard
dRRea
eade
derr IInt
nter
erfa
face
ce fo
forr M
Max
axim
imum
um 35
Floors
PCB Layout
XTELA XUART2
XUART
3V3
DIP Switches
WDOG
XUART3 SW_DWLD
XP1
5V
JTAG_µC
RESET
VOLUME
XMIL
HFE MMC
XLD XCOP_2 XCOP
[49639; 14.12.2013]
Connectors
XCOP Connection from SDIC or first COP
XCOP_2 Connection to second COP
XPI Interface for parallel connections
XUART / XUART2 / XUART 3 Interface for voice announcer
XTELA Interface for telealarm
XLD Interface for car light sensor
XMIL Interface for evacuation trip indicator

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.19
3.19 *S
SCO
COPS
PSII CCar
ard
dRRea
eade
derr S
Ser
eria
iall IInt
nter
erfa
face
ce for
for u
up
p tto
o335
5FFlo
loor
ors
s
(AP
(AP On
Only
ly))
PCB Layout
XCOP SD/MMC XCOP2 RS485
SCOPSI PCBA [604639_22_01; 25.07.2016]
Connectors
XCOP Connection from SDIC
XCOP2 Connection to main COP
RS485 Interface to 3rd party card reader
SD/MMC For firmware update in SCOPSI

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.
3.20
20 PI_P
PI_P1/
1/P2
P2 Co
Conn
nnec
ecto
torr Bo
Boar
ard
d fo
forr SC
SCOP
OPPI
PI1
1
PCB Layout
PI_P1/P2 PCBA [42383; 23.01.2012]
Connectors
XPI SCOPPI
XDT-O DT-O
XDT-S DT-S
XDA Alarm button
button
XIND Position indicator
XLWC_U Arrows up
XLWC_D Arrows down
XVCA2 Third party voice announcer
XLNC Emergency lamp
XLARC LARC
XLAGC LAGC
XLEFC LEFC
XIO_1 / XIO_2 / XIO_3 /
Additional inputs / outpu
outputs
ts
XIO_4 / XIO_5 / XIO_6
XBUZZER External buzzer
X24_2 External power
XDC 1–XDC 30 Call buttons

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.21
3.21 SC
SCOP
OPH(
H(MH
MH)3
)3 Ha
Hand
ndic
icap
appe
ped
d COP
COP / C
Car
ard
dRRea
eade
derr IInt
nter
erfa
face
ce
PCB Layout
SCOPH(MH)3
SCOPH(MH)3 [26893; 04.07.2008]
LEDs
3V3 ON Normal operation, internal voltage 3.3 V is present
OFF Internal voltage 3.3 V is missing
WDG BLINKING Normal operation, software OK
ON Not applicable
OFF Failure, software not OK
FAIL BL
BLIN
INKI
KING
NG No
Nott app
appli
lica
cabl
ble
e
OFF Normal operation
ON Output current too high on XDC1 ... XDC21, XIO1 ... XIO6
or XLWC_U/D
SW DWLD BLINKING
BLINKING Soft
Software
ware download
download in progres
progress
s
OFF Normal operation (no download activity)
ON Not applicable
Pushbuttons /
Switch Description
Potentiometer
RESET Press to manually reset the SCOPH(M)3.
P1 Potentiometer for the volume adjustment of the buzzer
Connectors
XDC1–21 Connect to the call buttons (pin 1-2: acknowledge, pin 2-3: pushbutton,
maximum 28 V 80 mA)
XDA Connects to Alarm button (DA) (pin 3-5: alarm), normally closed
XDT-O Connects to Open Door button (DT-O) (pin 2-3: input)
XDT-S Connects to Close Door button (DT-S) (pin 2-3: input)
XCOP Connects to SDIC
XCOP2 Connects to main COP

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.22 SCOPM51/53
PCB Layout
XMIL
XCOP2
XLOGO XGONG
BACK TO ALARM XCOP

HELP FLOOR OVERLOAD
IS COMING
XTELA
XVHP
1 1
XLSENS XMAIN2 XMAIN1 XHP XHFE

Car Operating Panel Main
Main Indicator PCB (SCO
(SCOPM51
PM51 shown) [23575; 03.10.2007]
LEDs and
LED Indicator Display Description
Indicators
Help is ON (LAR
ARC)
C) TACC
ACC hahas ack
acknnowle
wledged th
the
e al
ala
arm and
Coming despatched a technician
OFF Normal state

Back to Floor ON (LEF
(LEFC)
C) Auto
Automa
mati
tic
c eva
evacu
cua
ati
tion
on in pr
prog
ogre
ress
ss (c
(car
ar movi
moving
ng to
the next floor)
OFF Normal state
Overload ON (LL-
(LL-X)
X) Maxi
Maximu
mum
m car
car lo
load
ad ha
has
s bee
been
n exc
excee
eed
ded (c
(car
ar ca
can
nno
nott
move)
OFF Normal state
Alarm ON (LAG
(LAGC)C) Th
This
is si
sign
gnal
als
s a va
vali
lida
date
ted
d ala
alarm
rm (t
(the
he LED
LED sta
stays
ys “ON”
“ON”
until TACC acknowledges the alarm or until the termination
of the alarm call by a test alarm from TACC)
OFF Normal state
Up/Down - Indicates the travel direction of the car
Arrow
2x7 - Indicates tth
he po
position of
of tth
he car (floor number)
Segment
Connectors
XCOP Connects to SDIC5x (logic, power supply, alarm)
XTELA Connects to telealarm device (GNT) (for example TM2/TAM2 with
signalization of LAGC and LARC)
XHFE Not used (grounding)
XHP Connects to external speaker
XVHP Not used (external speaker)
XMAIN1/2 Connects to SCOPD or SCOPDC
XLSENS Connects to the car lighting detection (photo diode), which activates the
emergency lighting
XLOGO Connects to the Schindler logo backlight

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.23 SCPI4
SCPI4
SCPI 4.Q
Id.No. 591899 XLSENS XGONG
XVCA
XDIS XSER
Car Position Indicator SCP

SCPI4
I4 [23582; 03.10.2007]
Restriction SCPI4 is used along with SCOP4 only.
Indicators
Indicator Display Description
Up/Down - Indicates the travel direction of the car
Arrow
2 x7
Segment - Ind
Indica
cate
tes
s th
the posi
siti
tio
on of tthe
he ca
carr (f
(flo
loo
or number)
Connectors
XLSENS Not used
XGONG Not used
XVCA Not used
XDIS Connects to SCOP4
XSER Not used

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.24 VCA1, VCA11
VCA1, VCA11
X1 X2
UP DOWN
A B C D
RESET
3V3
DWNLD
UART
DEBUG
VCA 1.Q
Id.No. 591782
Voice Announcer
Announcer VCA1, VCA 1
11
1 [23583; 25.09.2007]
Features  Optionally to be used with SCOP4 or SCOP5

 Announces
Announce s floor names, mmakes
akes special se
service
rvice announcements
announcements and sounds
sounds gong
signals
 Pre-configured delivery (according to order)
LEDs
3V3 ON 3.3 VDC are present
OFF 3.3 VDC are missing
DWNLD BLINKING
BLINKING Softwar
Software
e dow
downloa
nload
d from MMC in progr
progress
ess
OFF Idle state (no download activity)
ON Not applicable
A BLINKING
BLINKING Idle s
state
tate (sett
(setting
ing comple
completed/d
ted/disab
isabled)
led)
OFF While any other LED (B, C or D) is blinking (and ready for setting)
ON Bass setting enabled
B BLINKING
BLINKING Idle s
state
tate (sett
(setting
ing comple
completed/d
ted/disab
isabled)
led)
OFF While any other LED (A, C or D) is blinking (and ready for setting)
ON Treble setting enabled
C BLINKING
BLINKING Idle s
state
tate (sett
(setting
ing comple
completed/d
ted/disab
isabled)
led)
OFF While any other LED (A, B, D) is blinking (and ready for setting)
ON Balance setting enabled
D BLINKING
BLINKING Idle s
state
tate (sett
(setting
ing comple
completed/d
ted/disab
isabled)
led)
OFF While any other LED (A, B or C) is blinking (and ready for setting)
ON Volume setting enabled

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Push Buttons
RESET Press to manually reset the voice announcer.
Joystick Press to enable the setting of a function (bass, treble, balance, volume)
Joystick + Move up to increase the setting
Joystick - Move down to decrease the setting
Joystick UP Move to the left to go upward through the function selection
Joystick DOWN Move to the right to go downward through the function selection
Connectors
1)
MMC Connects to MMC (multimedia card, used for MP3 file downloads)
UART Connects to SCOP4 or SCOPD5 or SCOPDC5 (power supply and data)
X1 Connects to an active speaker system (> 4.7 kOhm, 3.5 mm miniature
jack connector)
connector)
X2 Connects to a passive loudspeaker (8 Ohm, JST connector)
1) This connec
connector
tor is n
not
ot show
shown
n on the fig
figure
ure abo
above.
ve.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.25 LOP4
LOP4
Landing Operation Panel LOP4 [26891; 05.12.2008]
Connectors
1)
XBIO Connects to the BIO bus (4-pin JST connector)
XDM236 Connects to DM236 signalization (Italy only)
1) Pin 4 is a configurable input: If c
connected
onnected to 24 VDC
VDC during LOP teaching, it is automatically
detected as JBF. However, it can be reassigned as JDE (VL 019) or JAB (VL 049). See BIO
bus configuration CF40.
3.26 LOP5
LOP5
XCF XBIO
Landing Operation Panel LOP5 [23585; 25.09.2007]
Features  Two types available: touch sensitive or push button

 Car position indicator and further travel direction indicator are not available with the
push-button type
Connectors
1)
XBIO Connects to the BIO bus (4-pin JST connector)
XCF Connects to LIN (for synchronization during configuration, 2-pin micro
JST connector)
1) Pin 4 is a configurable input: If c
connected
onnected to 24 VDC
VDC during LOP teaching, it is automatically
detected as JBF. However, it can be reassigned as JDE (VL 019) or JAB (VL 049). See BIO
bus configuration CF40.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.27 LIN5/51/52
LIN5
XIN 1 1 XOUT
ALARM
LIN5V
LIN51V
LIN52V S1
XCF 5
0
2
XBIO1 5
XGONG 0
0
1 1 1 0
1
Landing Indicator Panel LIN5/51/52 (view

(view from backside)
backside) [28981; 21.10.2010]
Restriction To be used with LOP5 without indicator
Indicators
Indicator Display Description
Up/Down - Ind
Indica
cate
tes
s tthe
he (f
(fu
urth
the
er) tr
tra
ave
vell d
dir
ire
ect
ctio
ion
n of
of tthe
he ca
car
r
Arrow
2x7 - Ind
Indica
cate
tes
s th
the posi
siti
tio
on of tthe
he ca
carr (f
(flo
loo
or number)
Segment
Bell - Used with DM236 (option for Italy)
Connectors
XBIO Connects to the BIO bus (5-pin WAGO connector)
XCF Connects to LOP (for synchronization during configuration, 2-pin micro
JST connector)
XGONG Connects to external loudspeaker (car arrival indicator, 2-pin JST
connector)
XIN LIN51V, LIN52V only. Input. Not used at the moment
XOUT LIN51V, LIN52V only. Output. (max. 24V, 100mA)
Used for floor light control kit. Configuration: CF=40, L=n, (S=1,2),
PA=31, VL=213
Switch
Switch Description
S1 LIN52V only. Magnetic reed contact. Can be activated by placing a hoistway
magnet on the LIN surface.
To configure the LIN without the XCF cable to the LOP.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.28 LCUX1
NOTICE
Floor-related LCUX1 Units
Floor-related LCUX1 units are addressed automatically during the LOP configuration if they
are connected to the LOP with help of the synchronization cable XCF.
LCUX1 units that are not floor-related (also referred to as MR node) require address setting
by DIP switch (three units maximum).
LCUX1 This unit is to be used for additional inputs and outputs in the hoistway.
ON
12
IO1 IO2 IO3 IO4 5 6 7

O1 O2 O3 O4
XCF XBIO
I1 I2 I3 I4 1 1
Landing Call Unit Extension

Extension LCUX
LCUX1
1 [23588; 25.09.2007]
LEDs
I1–I4 ON Input active
OFF Input not active
O1–O4 ON Input active
OFF Input not active
WDOG BLINKI
BLINKING
NG Nor
Norma
mall opera
operatio
tion
n
ON Not applicable
OFF Failure
SHORT ON (red)
(red) Indicate
Indicates
s tha
thatt at least one output
output is short-cir
short-circuite
cuited
d
OFF No s
sh
hort ci
circuit p
prresent
P0 ON 24 VDC from SMIC are present
OFF 24 VDC from SMIC are missing

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
DIP switches DIP switch settings

Used for predefined addresses of LCUX if mounted separately (without XCF connection to
LOP). If LCUX is connected to a LOP the DIP switch setting has no influence .
DIP 1 DIP 2 Node definition and Configuration menu
CFG2 CFG1
ON ON LCUX has predefined address “node 1”. Configuration with or CF=40,
L=91 (SW ≥ V9.34)
ON OFF LCUX has predefined address “node 2”. Configuration with or CF=40,
L=92 (SW ≥ V9.34)
OFF ON LCUX has predefined address “node 3”. Configuration with or CF=40,
L=93 (SW ≥ V9.34)
OFF OFF LCUX address not pre-defined
Remark 1: To store the predefined address in the EEPROM a LOP counting (CF=00,
LE=00) is necessary.
Remark 2: If the LCUX is connected to a LOP on a floor the predefined address will be
overwritten by a new address during the LOP configuration. (Independent of the actual DIP
switch setting.)
Remark 3: If a LCUX has been addressed during LOP configuration it can be reset to the
predefined
predefine d address with hel
help
p of CF=94 (Rel. 02) or CF=40,
CF=40, L=n, PA=99
PA=99 (Rel. 04)
Connectors
IO
IO1
1 ..
.... IO4
IO4 Connects to additional inputs and outputs in the hoistway (4-pin WAGO
connector)
XBIO Connects to the BIO bus (5-pin WAGO connector)
XCF Connects to LOP (for synchronization during configuration, 2-pin JST
connector)
LOP SMIC
XCF 1 2
.LOP 1 2 3
XCF 1 2
LCUX P0 = 24V
BIO bus
24V 24V GND
PE
.IO1 1 2 3 4 .... .IO4 1 2 3 4
Connections to LCUX
LCUX1
1 [23590; 06.12.2007]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.29 SBBD24
SBBD24
1 1
A.XLIN B.XLIN
SBBD24.Q
BIO Bus Duplex SBB
SBBD24
D24 [23592; 25.09.2007]
Features  For Duplex systems with only 1 LOP per floor (one riser)
 For Triplex systems with only 1 or 2 LOPs per floor (one or two risers). (Overlay gateway
BBMCM necessary.)
 Allows to switch OFF
OFF one elevator
elevator without d
disabling
isabling the floor calls. (Switches
(Switches LOP BIO
bus to the elevator which is switched on.)
 Disables the LINs of the elevator which is switched OFF
 Mounted in the hoistway on the LDU floor
Connectors
A.XBIO Connects to SMIC of elevator A
B.XBIO Connects to SMIC of elevator B
A.XBIO.T Connects to LOPs of elevator A
B.XBIO.T Connects to LOPs of elevator B
A.XLIN Connects to LINs of elevator A
B.XLIN Connects to LINs of elevator B

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.30 BIOGIO1
PCB Layout
XCF
I XGRAY X B IO
N
P
U
T
TEACH-IN
WDOG P0
O O
CFG1 1
2 O
N
U U CFG2
T T
P P OUTPUT2
U U
T T
1 2 4
0
2
5
0
OUTPUT1 0
BIOGIO1.N 0
1
BIOGIO1 [28980; 12.11

12.11.2009]
.2009]
LEDs
P0 ON 24 VDC on BIO bus are present
OFF 24 VDC on BIO bus are missing
WDOG BLINKING
BLINKING Normal
Normal ope
operati
ration,
on, Software
Software OK
ON Not applicable
OFF Failure, Software not OK
DIP switches DIP 1 DIP 2 Node definition and Configuration menu

CFG1 CFG2
ON ON BIOGIO has predefined address “node 1”. Configuration with CF=40,
L=91 (Rel
(Rel.. 04)
OFF ON BIOGIO has predefined address “node 2”. Configuration with CF=40,
L=92 (Rel
(Rel.. 04)
ON OFF BIOGIO has predefined address “node 3”. Configuration with CF=40,
L=93 (Rel
(Rel.. 04)
OFF OFF BIOGIO address not pre-defined
Remark 1: To store the predefined address in the EEPROM a LOP counting (CF=00,
LE=00) is necessary.
Button
Button Description
TEACH-IN Not used with Schindler 3100/3300/5300.
(Configures the address of the BIOGIO if the PCB is not connected to a
LOP. With Schindler 3100/3300/5300 the address is defined with help of
DIP1 and DIP2.)
Connectors
XBIO Connects to the BIO bus
XCF Connects to LOP (for synchronization during configuration, 2-pin micro
JST connector)
XGRAY Not used (Gray code and arrow outputs)
INPUT Connects to the inputs (24 VDC)
OUTPUT1, Connects to the relay outputs (maximum 30 VDC)
OUTPUT2

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.31 Dual Brand Fixtures
3.31
3.31.1
.1 Dual
Dual Br
Bran
and
dCCOP
OP PCB
PCB - SCOP
SCOPMX
MXB3
B3.Q
.Q
S Car Operating Panel Dual Brand (MX-Basic)

PCB Layout
[13980; 13.03.2008]
Connectors
Plug Description
XCOP Connection to SDIC (CAN bus, supply)
XCOP_2 2nd COP
If no 2nd COP connected: Bridge pin 6 - pin 7.
XMIL LEFC and LARC indicator (From SDIC)
XDISPLAY Gray Code, Emergency lamp, LEFC, LAGC, LARC (Emergency light
max. 1.2 W)
XDXDI2/3 Buttons with acknowledge lamps
XCDI2/3
XSXDI2/3
XBOTTOM Signals (DTO, DTS, DA, etc.)
XDA_1 Alarm
XLD Emergency power, light detector (Used for Type D Panel)
XTELA Telealarm LARC, LAGC
XUART Interface voice announcer (serial) (External VCA box)
XUART_2 Interface voice announcer (serial) (VCA PCB on SCOPMXB PCB)
XIO_1.. Additional Inputs (Pin 2-
2-3)
3) and Outputs (Pin 1-2)
1-2) (24
(24 V,
V, Output
Output max. 350
XIO_6 mA, Input max. 15 mA)
XDBG08 Debug interface (Used for development only)
LEDs
LED Normal Meaning
Operation
3.3 V ON Power supply (3.3 V)
ERR, OVLD OFF ON = Too hig
high
h cur
currrent on ou
outp
tpu
uts ((O
Out 1 ..
.... 6)
WDG Blin
Blinki
kin
ng Blin
Blinki
kin
ng = SW OK
SW Download OFF Blinking during SW update
VCC ON Power supply (5 V)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.31
3.31.2
.2 Dual
Dual Br
Bran
and
dLLOP
OP PCBs
PCBs - SLC
SLCU(
U(M)
M)2.
2.Q
Q
S Landing Call Unit (Main)

Main Function:
 Parallel Interface BIO bus to Dual brand fixtures
– With Bionic 5 systems only LCU(

LCU(M)2.Q
M)2.Q PCBs can be used
– (BIO bus data
data power supply:
supply: 24V). D
Do
o NOT use SL
SLCUM1.Q
CUM1.Q PCBs
– SLCU(M)2.Q PCBs can be recognized
recognized by the WDOG L
LED
ED
[13979; 19.12.2006]
LEDs
LED Meaning
XDE-D DE-D pressed
XDE-U DE-U pressed
WDG Watchdog (only available on SLCU(M)2.Q PCBs)
Connectors
Plug Function Remarks
XBIO BIO bus Pin 1: Supply 12 or 24V (red)
Pin 2: Data Line (white)
Pin 3: GND-0V (black)
Pin 4: Input (orange)
Pin 5: Earth (Yellow/green)
XDE-U 1) Floor call Pin 1: Acknowledge (out)
XDE-D (UP/DOWN) Pin 2: GND-0V
Pin 3: Floor Call (in)
XCF Sy
Sync
nchr
hron
oniz
izat
atio
ion
n conn
connec
ecti
tion
on to LLCU
CUX/X/LI
LIN
N
XGRAY Indica
Indicator
tor L
LW-
W-U/D
U/D Gr
Gray
ay co
code
de/ha
/hallll lanter
lantern
n (SLCUM
(SLCUM2
2 only)
only)
XGRAY2 Indicator Gray code bit 4 (SLCUM2 only)
1) 1) during
during confi
configurati
guration
on the butt
button
on conn
connected
ected tto
o XDE-
XDE-U
U is used.
SLCU(M)2.Q connections [20023; 04.01.200

04.01.2007]
7]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Configuration SLCU(M)2.Q PCBs are recognized as BIO bus type 1 or type 2 fixtures. Configuration of
key switch connected to XBIO.4: Depending on SCIC SW version. (See chapter
ch apter 5.4.10 to
5.4.12)
3.
3.32
32 Ov
Over
erla
lay
yBBox
ox,, M
MCM
CM (T
(Tri
ripl
plex
ex,, Q
Qua
uadr
drup
uple
lex)
x)
24VCD
ET CAN
ET BIOUP
RESET
BIODW
SERIAL
RST
LON
Overlay Box,
Box, [37488; 04.11.2010]
04.11.2010]
LEDs
LEDs Description
PWR, DWN Only the PWR (power) and DWN (download) LEDs are operational.
Buttons
Button Description
RESET To reset the overlay box. It has the same function as the HMI special menu
137. The overlay box must be reset if CF=04, PA=01 has been changed.
Connectors
Plug Description
24VDC Power supply (from SMIC.VF and SMIC.LOP)
CAN CAN bus connection (from SMIC.VF)
ET Ethernet connection to the overlay box of the other elevators in the group
BIOUP, BIODW, SERIAL, RST, LON: Not used at the moment

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
3.
3.33
33 Em
Embe
bedd
dded
ed Telem
elemon
onit
itor
orin
ing
g Alar
Alarm
m ETMA
ETMA
T+T
LARC
SMIC S DIC COP LAGC
ETMA GNT XTELA

X1-1-10 X1-1-2 X1-1-1 X1-1-6
ETMA-MR ETMA-CAR 9

X1-1-1 X1-1-2 123 5
3
8
X1-1-4 3
ETMA, overview
overview basic layout [38359; 01.02.201
01.02.2011]
1]
Main documentation for ETMA:

– K40700049:
K40700049: ETMA Diag
Diagnostics
nostics and MMaintenance
aintenance
– EJ41700380:
EJ41700380: ETMA installation
installation and
and commission
commissioning
ing
ETMA-MR ETMA-CAR
X1-1-2 X1-1-10 X1-1-1 X1-1-2 X1-1-6 X1-1-1 X1-1-4

PSTN CON LINK1 LINK1 POWER ALARM MIC
ETMA-MR, ETMA-CAR,
ETMA-CAR, basic m
modules,
odules, [38360; 01.02.2011]
Connectors Plug Description

ETMA-MR
X1-1-2 PSTN: Telephone line
X1-1-10 CON: Interface to control, SMIC.ETMA. (Includes emergency power supply
for alarm.)
X1-1-1 LINK1: Traveling cable ETMA-CAR
ETMA-CAR
X1-1-2 LINK1: Traveling cable ETMA-MR
X1-1-6 POWER: COP, LARC and LAGC
X1-1-1 ALARM: Alarm contact from
from SDIC
X1-1-4 MIC: Jumper. Position 2-3 for internal microphone
LEDs Diagnostics with help of LEDs

On each main connector there is a green and a red LED which is visible trough the
transparent box.
ETMA-MR
LED CON Description

Green Red
Off Off ETMA CPU not running.
→ Check power supply, cable connection etc.
Blinks Off Data traffic in progress. OK.

On Off ETMA OK
LED PSTN Description
Green Red
Off On PSTN line not connected or no energized.
Blinks Off Communication in progress. OK.
On Off PSTN line connected and idle. OK.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
ETMA-MR and ETMA-CAR
ETMA-MR Description
LED LINKx
Green Red
Off Off The a att th
the connector LINK connected ETMA mo module is no
not p
po
owered or
is defective.
→ Check the power supply of the connected module.
 If the power is off, the LED status is meaningless
 If the power supply is on, the device is defective and must be
replaced.
Off On Not c
co
onnected tto
o another ETMA momodule or no
not s
sy
ynchronized.
→ Check the cable and the status of the other ETMA module. If the
other ETMA is ok, the device is defective and must be replaced.
Blinks Off Communication in progress. OK.
On Off Connected to another ETMA module, synchronized and idle. OK.
3.
3.34
34 Em
Embe
bedd
dded
ed T
Tel
elem
emon
onit
itor
orin
ing
g Al
Alar
arm
m ET
ETMA
MA W
Wir
irel
eles
ess
s
For installation, commissioning, diagnostics and maintenance of ETMA Wireless, refer to:
Number Title
EJ 41
4170
7006
0660
60 AC TMA 2 (ETMA
(ETMA Wireless) - Technical Information
Information and
and
Configuration
EJ 41
4170
7006
0662
62 AC TMA 2 (ETMA
(ETMA Wireless) - Commissioning
Commissioning
EJ 41
4170
7006
0663
63 AC TMA 2 (ETMA
(ETMA Wireless) - Diagnostics
EJ 41
4170
7006
0664
64 AC TMA 2 (ETMA
(ETMA Wireless) MA
MA - Maintenance
Maintenance
Refer to Schindler Application Portal PNC to

PNC to view the documents.
3.35
3.35 Telea
leala
larm
rm GN
GNT
T TAM
AM2
2 (Se
(Servit
rvite
el 10)
 Telealarm device
 Intercom module optional
 For correct connection see schematics (S274156, S274181)
 Configured remotely from the Telealarm Control Center TACC
[16428; 07.02.2006]
Connectors
Plug Description Remarks
X1-1-1 Alarm button
button Connection to SDIC.GNT
X1-1-2 Phone line T+T Connection to SMIC.SKC
X1-1-3 Alarm misuse discriminator
discriminator AMD not used, (integrated
(integrated in Bionic 5
control)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Plug Description Remarks

X1-1-4 External microphone not used, Jumper pin 2-3 must be
installed
X1-1-5 Alarm button outside ca
carr DAKA not used, (integrated
(integrated in Bionic 5
control), Jumper pin 2-3 must be
installed
X1-1-6 LARC, LAGC indication Connection to SCOP.XTELA
IL Inductive Loop Option, not yet released, Wireless
connection to hearing aid for disabled
person
Triphonie O
ofpTAM2
tion, 6box
pin J.S.T. connector inside
DIP switches
DIP1 DIP2 DIP3 DIP4 Description
ON ON ON x Module ID = 1 ( default for simplex systems,
always master, Duplex elevator A)
OFF ON ON x Module ID = 2 (always slave, Duplex elevator B)
ON OFF ON x Module ID = 3 (always slave)
OFF OFF ON x Module ID = 4 (always slave)
ON ON OF F x Module ID = 5 (always slave)
OFF OFF OF F x Reset all parameters
x x x ON Alarm button:
button: Normally open
open
x x x OFF Alarm button: closed (default for
button: Normally closed
Schindler 3100/3300/5300)
3.36
3.36 Telemo
lemon
nit
ito
oring
ring GTM Ser
ervi
vite
tell T
TM4
M4
External telemonitoring device

 Bionic
Bio nic 5 Re
Rel.
l. 02: Always used
 Bionic 5 Rel. ≥ 04: Used only if function “Lift Guardian” is required (for example DEU
and WIE). Otherwise the embedded telemonitoring ETM with CLSD (see chapter 7.2.3)
or the ETMA (see chapter 7.20) is used.
Functions  Monitoring all elevator functions

 Sends errors to Control Center TACC/RMCC
 Allows remote maintena
maintenance
nce and “L
“Lift
ift Guardi
Guardian”
an”
 For correct connection
connection refer to schematics and to K 608202 “Ser
“Servitel
vitel TM4,
Commissioning and Diagnostic”
Servitel TM4 (mounted

(mounted in LDU) [19330; 23.1
23.11.2006]
1.2006]
Cards (Slot 1 to 5)
Description
1 RS232 connection to SCIC.XTELE (Elevator A)
2 In case of duplex: RS232 connection to SCIC.XTELE (Elevator B)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Description
3 Line manager (optional)
4 Modem (connection see schematics)
5 CPU with power supply
Status LED
LED status Description
Slow blinking Start up (initialization)
LED ON Normal operation
LED OFF Servitel TM4 out of service. No power supply.
Blinking Alarm. A breakdown

breakdown of the system has been
been detected and sent to the
the
control center TACC. The ticket has not yet been accepted by the TACC.
Slow pulsing Alarm. A breakdown

breakdown of the system has been
been detected and sent to the
the
control center TACC. The TACC has acknowledged the break down.
After fixing the
the elevator e
error
rror the elevator
elevator must
must perform two regular trips
before TM4 returns to “normal operation”.
Short flashing Inspection in progress. A technician has switched on inspection or recall
control. Monitoring
Monitoring function is disabled. It will be activated again one
hour after switching off inspection.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
4 * User Interface
4.1 Human M
Ma
achine IIn
nterface ((H
HMI)
User Interface The user interface of Schindler 3100/3300/5300

3100/3300/5300 is called “Human Machin
Machine
e Interface” (HMI).
Description It is located on the LDU and consists of two rows of eight display elements and four push
buttons.
HMI features two modes:
 Screen saver mode: HMI automatically turns the display off after one hour of inactivity.

Normal mode: Pressing any button restores the display to normal mode.
OK
ESC
HMI on SMIC61 [23261; 31.08.2007]
Button Function
ESC  Go up one level in the menu tree
 Leave menu/item (without saving anything)
UP / DOWN  Navigate up or down within the menu tree
 Increase or decrease the displayed value
OK (RETURN,
(RETURN, ENTER)  Go down one level in the menu tree
 Confirm the entered value
a
b
c 3 (IUSK)
4 (ISPT)
d 2 5 (IRTS)
1
e 6 (ISK)
f
? ? g
0 50
h
4 01
i 7 10
8
j
9
k
l
m
HMI Display
Display on SMIC61 [24178; 01.12.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Pos Description and Remarks

1 Travel direction of the car (UP, DOWN or “-” for not defined)
2 Actual car speed
speed [in 10 mm/s]
mm/s]
3 Virtual LED “IUSK” indicating safety circuit status:
 “Asterisk ON” indicates that the safety circuit is closed and energized.
energized.
 “Asterisk BLINKING” (2 Hz) indicates that the safety circuit is not energized.
– Reason: The safety circuit overcurrent
overcurrent protection
protection has
has been activated.
activated.
– Press the button
button DIUSK to reset
reset the safety circuit
circuit overcurrent
overcurrent protection.
protection.
 “_” indicates that the safety circuit up to contact IUSK is open.
4 Virtual LED “ISPT” indicating safety contact status:
 “Asterisk ON” indicates that the safety circuit is closed from contact IUSK up to
ISPT.
 “_” indicates that the safety circuit is open from contact IUSK up to ISPT.
5 Virtual LED “IRTS” indicating safety contact status:
 “Asterisk ON” indicates that the safety circuit is closed from contact ISPT up to
IRTS.
 “_” indicates that the safety circuit is open from contact ISPT up to IRTS. In this
case, at least one landing door is open (contact KTS).
 “!” indicates that the safety circuit is bridged using a LOCK/LAND bypass socket
(since SW V13, for SMICFC2 HW only).
6 Virtual LED “ISK” indicating safety contact status:
 “Asterisk ON” indicates that the safety circuit is closed from contact IRTS up to
ISK.
 “_” indicates that the safety circuit is open from contact IRTS up to ISK.
 “!” indicates that the safety circuit is bridged using a CAR bypass socket (since
V13, for SMICFC2 HW only).
 "U" indicates that the safety circuit is bridged using SUET device.
If VUEC output disabled or BYPASS socket without any plug, the EC shows both
exclamation marks "!".
[604639_012; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
6.1 Safety chain tap name display (since V13.xx, for SMICFC2x HW only)
If the HMI is showing the main information page and the fitter presses the “UP”
button, the HMI shows the name of the first opened tap of the safety chain instead
of taps display. (See graphic below shown)
Pressing "UP" button again the HMI shows main information page.
Note: The bridging done by for example, recall panel or SUET does not affect the
evaluation of first opened tap.
Press “UP” Press “UP”

button button
[604639_013; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]
If fully closed safety chain, HMI shows "CLOSED":
[604639_014; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]
If unknown safety chain tap to display, HMI shows "UNKNOWN":
[604639_015; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]
7 Number = Actual floor level of the car

SW ≥ V9.7: If the floor position is unknown, the rough position of the car in the
hoistway is displayed.
Rel.
Re l. 02 ≥Rel. 04 KSE-U KSE-D
Invalid 0 0
?
Above KSE-U 0 1
Between KSE-D and 1 1

KSE-U
Below KSE-D 1 0

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
8, 9 Door status (door 1 or door 2, respectively), see figure above

a) Door
Door open
open
b) Door
Door cclo
losi
sing
ng
c) Door
Door op
openenin
ing
g
d) Door
Door clos
closed
ed
e) Door
Door lock
locked
ed
f) Door
Door stop
stoppe
ped d
g) Door
Door status
status u unkn
nknown
own
If Varidor 15 door detected further status are shown:
h) Door
Door power
power fail
failure
ure
i) Door
Door commu
communicnicati
ation
on lost
lost
j) Door inspection
inspection mode
k) Door over-tem
over-temper
peratur
aturee
l) Door
Door inte
intern
rnal
al erro
error
r
m) Door background
background erro
errorr recovery
If no door is present, door status is blank.
10 Indicates the current elevator status (see appendix “List of Elevator Status
Indication”).
Display Elements

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
4.2 SPECI Maintenance Tool
Replace the SPECI with the iSPECI tool.
General The SPECI Maintenance Tool provides easy access to the maintenance functions of the
Description elevator control. It requires a PocketPC (for example HP iPaq) with the SPECI Maintenance
Tool application installed and a serial connection cable to the elevator control. A connection
to the local SPECI server is temporarily also required for the periodical authentications or
for obtaining new SPECI software versions. However, the SPECI maintenance functions
can be used without a permanent link to the local SPECI server.
SPECI on PocketPC H
HP
P iPaq [15125; 28.09.2005]
The SPECI connection cable depends on the type of PocketPC. If it is a HP iPaq
(series 1700, 1900
1900,, hx2000, 2200), a USB/serial autosy
autosync
nc cable is available from HP
(FA1
(FA1 22A#AC3
22A#AC3).).
 Connection to simplex elevator or duplex elevator with two separate LOP risers: connect
the SPECI connection cable to SMIC.RS232.
 Connection to duplex elevator with one LOP riser only:
– Disconnect the cable from SM SMIC.XBIO.
IC.XBIO.
– Disconnect the duplex concontrol
trol cable from
from SMIC.RS232.
– Connect the SPECI connectio
connection n cable to SM
SMIC.RS232
IC.RS232 instead.
instead.
2
1
SPECI Connection C
Cable
able [23260; 31.08.2007]
1 Connecti
ectio
on tto
o SM
SMIC
2 Conn
Connec
ecti
tion
on to Pock
Pocket
etPC
PC
 With help of Bluetooth (wireless connection):

– Schindler Bluetooth
Bluetooth ad
adapter
apter conn
connected
ected to the RS232_2/RS23
RS232_2/RS232 2 or to the MMC
MMC
connector. (ID 55503890)
– For the correct
correct connection with help of the Bluetooth adapter
adapter please
please refer to the
the
document EJ604703 “SPECI Maintenance Tool - Operation”

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
User Interface
Description 1 7
2 11
3 12
10
9
8
4
16
15
14
13
5
6
SPECI Main S
Screen
creen [23254; 31.08.200
31.08.2007]
7]
The SPECI user interface on the PocketPC consists of various elements that are named in
the legend of the figure below. A pen is used to navigate the menu tree and to make entries
either by selection or by clicking More/Less buttons or by clicking numbers on a pull-up
keyboard attached to the entry field. The pull-up keyboard on the system bar is needed only
for character entries that occur very rarely.

1 Title bar
2 Function bar
3 Menu entry bar (click on the menu entry bar to return to the top menu level (tree root)
4 Main display area (click on the desired menu item)
5 Elevator status bar (click on “Lift 1” or “Lift 2” to change to the other elevator of the
group)
6 System bar
a) Click to exit
exit the SP
SPECI
ECI applica
application
tion
b)
c) Click to
Click to display
access the
access th
the SPECI
e Gene
Generalralapplication
Se
Setting
ttings version
s dialog
dialog information
d) Batte
Battery
ry status
status
e) Applicatio
Application n locking sta
status.
tus. Click to lock the SP
SPECI
ECI applicatio
application
n (the login screen
appears after locking)
f) St
Status
atus of
of the conne
connection
ction to the eleva
elevator
tor contro
controll
g) Click to d
displa
isplayy a pull-
pull-up
up key
keyboar
boardd
h) Click the triangle
triangle to display the Options menumenu for the keyboard
keyboard display
display
a b c d e f g h
7 Exit button (click to send the SPECI application to the background)
8 List of favorites button (not available with Bionic)
9 Help button (click to get dialog-based context help)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

10 Top level menu button (not available with Bionic or Miconic BX)
11 Close button (click to close the active dialog window)
12 Menu status indication: It indicates whether the called menu is available (green) or
not (red) to the user.
13 Drive status
a) Drive
Drive at s
sta
tands
ndstil
tilll
b) Drive
Drive acc
accele
elerat
rating
ing
c) Drive at cons
constan
tantt speed
speed
d) Drive
Drive dec
decele
elerat
ratin
ing g
e) Drive
Drive no
nott availa
available
ble
f) Dr
Driv
ive
e stat
status
us unk
unknonown wn
0 + = - F ?
a b c d e f
14 Car status
a) Car at ssta
tand
ndsti
stillll
b) Car out
outside
side door
door zonezone
c) Car trav
travelin
eling
g direc
direction
tion UP
d) Car travel
traveling
ing direc
direction
tion D
DOWN
OWN
e) Car sta
status
tus u
unk
nknow
nown n
a b c d e
15 Indicates the actual car position (of the car indicated at the right end of the elevator
status bar
16 Door status (door 1 or door 2, respectively)
a) Door
Door op
openen
b) Door
Door cclo
losi
sing
ng
c) Door
Door op
openenin
ing
g
d) Door
Door clos
closed
ed
e) Door
Door lock
locked
ed
f) Doo
Door sto
stopped
g) Door
Door status
status unkno
unknown
wn
h) Door
Door power
power failu
failure
re
i) Door
Door commu
communicnicati
ation
on lost
lost
j) Door inspection
inspection mode
k) Door over-tem
over-tempera
perature
ture
l) Door
Door inte
intern
rnal
al erro
error
r
m) Door background
background erro
errorr recovery
a b c d e f g
h i j k l m
[604639_020; 01.12.2015]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
4.3 * HMI Menu Stru

tructur
ture and Navigation
ion
4.3.1 * Menu Tree
Main Menu
Structure 6 7
ESC ESC
L_ _ _ 01 S_ _ _ _ 2
5
ESC ESC ESC
CF_ _ 40 L_ _ _ 00 S_ _ _ _ 1
70 _ _ _ x 4 8
60 _ _ _ x CF_ _02 PA_ _02 9

3
ESC ESC ESC
50 _ _ _ x 40_ _ _1 CF_ _ 01 PA_ _01 VL_ x y z
40 _ _ _ x 40_ _ _ 0
ESC ESC
CF_ _ 00 LE _ _ _0
30_ _ _ x
10
20_ _ _ x LE _ _ - -
1
ESC 11 6
2
9
6
_ _ _ _ xx 10_ _ _ x 1
0
0
0
Menu Tree
Tree (6-digit display shown) [23263; 09.03.201
09.03.2011]
1]
1 Menu
Menu en
entr
try
y poi
point
nt ((in
indi
dica
cati
ting
ng car
car p
pos
osit
itio
ion
n xx)
xx)
2 Main menus (10, 20, 30, etc.)
3 Ac
Acti
tiva
vati
tion
on of ma
main
in menu
menu 40 (c
(con
onfi
figu
gura
rati
tion
on menu
menu CF)
CF)
4 Conf
Config
igur
urat
atio
ion
n gr
grou
oups
ps ((wi
with
thin
in con
confi
figu
gura
rati
tion
on men
menu
u CF onl
only)
y)
5 Specia
peciall ca
case
se wit
within
hin ma
main
in menu
menu 40
40:: confi
configu
gurat
ration
ion gr
group
oups
s CF40
CF40,, CF41
CF41
6 Floor level (C
(CF40, C
CF
F41 only)
7 Door
Door s
sid
ide
e (onl
(only
y in c
cas
ase
e of iind
ndep
epen
ende
dent
nt doo
doors
rs,, CF40
CF40,, CF41
CF41 onl
only)
y)
8 Pa
Para
rame
mete
terr (wi
(with
thin
in sele
select
cted
ed co
conf
nfig
igur
urat
atio
ion
n gr
grou
oup)
p)
9 Value
lue (o
(of th
the s
sel
ele
ected
cted paramet
amete
er)
10 Specia
peciall cas
case
e wit
withi
hin
n ma
main
in men
menu
u 40:
40: LOP config
configura
uratio
tion
n (CF0
(CF00)
0)
11 Floo
loor leve
levell (CF
CF0
00 only)
ly)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Menu Description
Element
CF Configuration group, applies to main menu 40 only
PA Submenu: Parameter
L Submenu: Level
 Applies to CF40
CF40 and CF4CF41 1 only
 “L00” → All floor levels, “L01” → Floor level 1, “L02” → Floor level 2, etc.
S Submenu: Door side
 Only visible in case of independent door operation (ZZ2 or ZZ3 on the
SIM card)
 Applies to CF40
CF40 and CF4
CF411 only
 “S 1” → Door side 1, “S 2” → Door side 2
LE Submenu: Level, applies to CF00 only
VL Value
Main Menu Menu function

10 Special commands such as Reset, Learning Travel, Car Calls, etc.
20 Automatic (assisted)
(assisted) accept
acceptance
ance tests
30 Status, system info
40 Configuration
50 Diagnostics, error log
60 Statistics
70 ACVF monitoring
monitoring (Biod
(Biodyn
yn xx C BR, V
Vacon
acon NXP)
Overview Main Menu

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Main Menu 10 Special Commands
102_ _ _
ESC ESC
10_ _ _1 101_ _ _ XXXXXX
ESC
_ _ _ _ xx 10_ _ _ x 10_ _ _ 0
Main Menu 10 - Special Com

Commands
mands [23610; 06.12.2007]
Menu Display Description

101 [10/1_/_ _ ] Dispatch a fatal error
error reset command to ACVF and
and elevator
elevator control.
This clears fatal err
errors
ors relate
related
d to pre-openin
pre-opening,
g, releveling,
releveling, KNE, KSE,
KSE,
KB/KB1, safety circuit, PHSx bridging.
102 [10/2_/_
[10/2_/_ _ ] Activ
Activate
ate ACVF
ACVF o
open
pen loop mode
mode
This allows traveling by inspection control or recall control despite the
failure of the motor encoder, KB/KB1 brake contact or ACVF/motor
temperature sensor.
In case of Variodyn/STEP drive this menu bypass the encoder only.
Use menu 148/149 for further bypass.
103 [10/3_/_ _ ] Activate GBP reset mode
mode for inspection
inspection travel beyond
beyond KSE-U
KSE-U in order
order
to reset the overspeed governor contact.
Automatically
Automatically deactivated.
104 [10/4_/_ _ ] Activate or deactivate KFM mode
mode (also known as maintenance
maintenance mode,
mode,
test travel mode)
105 [10/5_/_ _ ] Activate or deactivate in
installation
stallation travel mode
mode (this mode is not
not
affected by a reset)
Remark: After deactivation a reset is necessary to return to normal
mode.
106 [10/6_/_
[10/6_/_ _ ] Prot
Protocol
ocol on plug
plug S
SMIC.X
MIC.XTEL
TELEE
– 0 = Telemonito
Telemonitoring-Prot
ring-Protocol
ocol (default)
(default)
– 1 = Terminal-
Terminal-Protocol.
Protocol. Can be used if service
service computer
computer is
connected to SMIC.XTELE. (Caution: TM4 and ETM(A) do not
work. As Battery-Monitoring is no longer possible we are no more
EN 81-28 compliant.
compliant. There
Therefore
fore use RS232 and CADI-GC
CADI-GC for the
service computer)
→
107 [10/7_/_ _ ] Activate or deactivate load measuring
measuring (CLC) (deactivate
(deactivate 0 1)
108 [10/8_/_ _ ] Activate or deactivate the key switch function
function (JAB)
(JAB) (activate 0 → 1,
which puts the elevator out of service)
109 [10/9_/_ _ ] Activate Enh
Enhanced
anced Se
Service
rvice Functions
Functions (ESF) (can be used only
only once)
110 [11/0
[11/0_/_
_/_ _ ] Dis
Dispa
patch
tch a c
car
ar ca
callll
11
111
1 [11/1_
[11/1_/_
/_ _ ] Disp
Dispatch
atch a la
landin
nding
g ca
callll
112 [11/2
[11/2_/_
_/_ _ ] Dis
Dispa
patch
tch a doo
doorr ope
open
n comma
command
nd (doo
(doorr wil
willl not
not close
close au
autom
tomati
atica
cally
lly))
113 [11/3_
[11/3_/_
/_ _ ] Disp
Dispatch
atch a door
door cl
close
ose comma
command
nd
114 [11/4
[11/4_/_
_/_ _ ] Dea
Deacti
ctivat
vate
e SAB
The telealarm control center can put the elevator out of service
remotely. Command 114 is used to put the elevator into service again.
115 [11/5_/_
[11/5_/_ _ ] Deactivate the Ea
Earthquake
rthquake service (EB) (deactivate
(deactivate 0 → 1)
116 [11/6_
[11/6_/_
/_ _ ] Initiate
Initiate a lea
learnin
rning
g travel
travel

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

117 [11/7_/_
[11/7_/_ _ ] Service Visit ON/OFF
ON/OFF (Disab
(Disable
le / enable
enable telemonitoring)
telemonitoring)
– 0 = Telemonito
Telemonitoring
ring enab
enabled
led (default)
(default)
– 1 = Telemonito
Telemonitoring
ring suspe
suspended.
nded. Must be be set to 1 during
during the service
visit, before starting the maintenance work.
(Will be set back to 0 by the system automatically after 1 hour or
after the time set in CF=02, PA=17 (SW ≥ V9.7 only))
Also known as
as Service Visit ““ON”.
ON”.
123 [12/3_/_ _ ] Activate o
orr de
deactivate
activate pre-torque
pre-torque calibration
calibration (activate 0 → 1)
Useful procedure for elevators that are not balanced as for example
Schindler 3100.
124 [12/4_/_ _ ] Deactivate the S
Sprinkler
prinkler Recall service
service (SR) (deactivate 0 → 1)
125 [12/5_/_
[12/5_/_ _ ] Disp
Dispatch
atch a remot
remote
e GBP rreset
eset comma
command
nd
126 [12/6_/_ _ ] Dispatch a call to RMCC (only with ETM(A)):
ETM(A)): The error/warning
error/warning log will
be sent to RMCC.
Also known as
as “Next Call” (T
(TM
M 4).
128 [12/8_/_
[12/8_/_ _ ] Mod
Modem
em d
detec
etection
tion (Rel
(Rel.. ≥ 04 only)
To be used after installation of a CLSD or ETMA. The result can be
found in CF=21, PA=08.
129 [12/9_
[12/9_/_
/_ _ ] CO
COP
P dete
detecti
ction
on
To be used after installation of a new COP.
130 [13/0_/_ _ ] LOP dete
detection
ction (like CF=00, LE=00,
LE=00, LOP counting) (Display during
during
LOP counting: [1301])
133 [13/3_/_ _ ] To confirm th
that
at LMS in
installed
stalled is a switch type.
type. This confirmation
confirmation is only
necessary if a switch type LMS is installed. 11=switch confirmed,
01=switch not confirmed. Not used with Schindler 3100/3300/5300
134 [13/4_/_ _ ] Temporary disabling of of the alarm filter.
filter. Used
Used for test alarms.
alarms.
If activated, the alarm is not filtered, even if the car is moving or the
doors are open.
134 will be set back to “0” after 30 seconds automatically.
135 [13/5_/_ _ ] Stop telealarm activity.
activity. Used to reset
reset a pending
pending alarm.
alarm. (Alarm
(Alarm
indication on COP.)
136 [13/6_/_
[13/6_/_ _ ] Over
Overlay
lay detection
detection.. (Tri
(Triplex
plex,, Quadruple
Quadruplex)
x)
Has to be performed at the of the commissioning of the group. Has to
be repeated, if an overlay is removed from the system.
Indication [136 _ _ _ 1] = Detection correct
Indication [136 _ _ _ 0] = Detection not correct
137 [13/7_
[13/7_/_
/_ _ ] Ove
Overla
rlay
y re
reset
set..
Resets the overlay box. Same function as reset button on the overlay
box. Has to be performed after configuration CF=04, PA=01.
138 [13/8_/_
[13/8_/_ _ ] Car lig
light
ht detection
detection/cali
/calibra
bration
tion (SW
(SW ≥ V11)
139 [13/9_/_
[13/9_/_ _ ] Emer
Emergen
gency
cy car light
light cali
calibrat
bration
ion (SW
(SW ≥ V11)
140 [14/0_/_ _ ] Statio
Stationary
nary motor autotunin
autotuning.
g. (Available
(Available with SW ≥V9.8 and
Commodity Mid Rise, Schindler 3600 only.)
The HMI signalizes the autotuning phases, at the end shows 0= fail,
1=success.
141 [14/1_/_
[14/1_/_ _ ] Auto
Autotune
tune th
the
e enco
encoder
der offset.
offset. (Availa
(Available
ble with SW ≥V9.8 and
1=success.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

142 [14/2_/_ _ ] Autotune the dyn
dynamic
amic m
motor
otor.. (Available
(Available with SW ≥V9.8 and
1=success.
143 [14/3_/_ _ ] High torq
torque
ue trip (Availabl
(Available
e since V9.9,
V9.9, REACH drive
drive only.)
only.)
High torque trip
Note: Recall is necessary to activate the menu. DRH-U/D shall be
pressed to unstuck the car. Once DRH-U/D is released the function is
disabled.
144 [14/4_/_
[14/4_/_ _ ] CDD De
Detecti
tection
on (Availa
(Available
ble since
since V10)
V10)
The activation of this menu activates the detection of CDD.
145 [14/5_/_
[14/5_/_ _ ] ECM Ca
Calibr
libratio
ation
n (Ava
(Availab
ilable
le since
since V10)
V10)
The activation of this menu activates the calibration of ECM.
Note: This menu is visible only if menu 190 is triggered.
146 [14/6_/_ _ ] ECM clear error and
and warnings
warnings (Available
(Available since V10)
V10)
This commands clears:
– 4624 popup
popup
– ECM error and
and warning state
147 [14/7_/_
[14/7_/_ _ ] Door Dr
Drive
ive dete
detection
ction (A
(Availa
vailable
ble since
since V11)
V11)
The activation of this menu removes the detected door drives from the
EC.
Please ensure that you execute this command without any door drive
connected. After
the door drive executing
they the command
are automatically it is possible
recognized. (onlytofor
connect
varidorback
15)
148 [14/8_/_
[14/8_/_ _ ] KB/K
KB/KB1
B1 monitor
monitor bypass
bypass (Vario
(Variodyn,
dyn, STEP)
STEP)
Disable temporarily the KB/KB1 monitoring only while recall/inspection
is running. State is not reset proof. At startup of ELEVATOR the
KB/KB1 monitoring is activated.
149 [14/9_/_
[14/9_/_ _ ] Moto
Motorr overte
overtemp
mp bypa
bypass
ss (Vario
(Variodyn,
dyn, STEP)
STEP)
Disable temporarily the motor overtemp monitoring only while
recall/inspection is running.
If motor overtemp active while the bypass is triggered the ELEVATOR
shall wait the expiration of the overtemp timer before bypass it.
State is not reset proof. At startup of ELEVATOR the motor overtemp
is activated.
161 [16/1_
[16/1_/_
/_ _ ] Res
Reset
et pi
pitt ins
inspe
pecti
ction
on
The activation
handle JRESG-A.of this menu resets the pit inspection. Is equivalent to
162 [16/2_
[16/2_/_
/_ _ ] Doo
Doorr lock
lock comm
comman
and
d
Send a lock command to any door available in the system. This
feature is mainly used to close the
t he safety chain in the TSD21
hardware exit procedure.
163 [16/3_/_
[16/3_/_ _ ] Manual
Manual b
brake
rake ttorq
orque
ue mo
monitor
nitoring
ing (BTM)
(BTM) test
This special command initiates the brake torque test.
Prerequisite: The BTM option is available on the SIM card.
When the special command is enabled:
 The elevator controller recalls the car to the LDU floor.
 The technician specifies the desired starting point for the test by
entering a car call.
 The car moves to the specified floor and the test starts
immediately.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

164 [16/4_/_
[16/4_/_ _ ] This sp
specia
eciall command
command resets
resets the persis
persistent
tent fatal
fatal errors
errors from:
from:
 Failed periodic brake test (error 1566)
 Unexpected car movement (error 1567).
190 [19/0_/_ _ ] Enable o
one
ne time STM
STM configuration
configuration change
change (Available
(Available since V10)
Enabling this menu it is possible to modify the CF 28 PA 6,9
parameters and menu 145 within 300 seconds.
199 [19/9_/_
[19/9_/_ _ ] Call simulato
simulatorr (S
(Since
ince V10)
The maintenance person can start a call simulation with a configurable
behavior.
The maintenance person can enter in this menu the number in hex
format to instruct the kind of simulation needed:
needed:
The parameter uses the XYYZZ format
Parameter X: call pattern:
– 0: Stop simulation ((simulation
simulation is notnot running)
running)
– 1: Floor calls (random
(random flofloor
or / side)
– 2: Car calls (random
(random floor / side)
– 3: Car and floor
floor calls (random
(random floor / side)
– 4: Stop on each flofloor
or and open
open door operation
operation (ZZ0/1/2:
(ZZ0/1/2: opens
opens all
unrestricted doors. Restricted levels are skip. ZZ3 open first side 1
and then side 2)
– 5: Full shaft
shaft move
movement
ment (top → bottom → top → ....). Doors shall be
kept closed once the car landed.
– 6: Full shaft
shaft move
movement
ment (top → bottom → top → ....). Doors shall be
opened according the current door policy. Restricted floors shall

not be obeyed.
Parameter YY: Delay between call (valid only for call pattern 1,2,3)
or delay between the two calls (call pattern 4,5,6):
– 0: Stop the simulatio
simulation
n
Parameter ZZ: The amount of trip to perform in 100 th unit.
– 0: Infinite
If SW reset, the controller resumes the call simulator until all
requested trips are performed.
If SW reset and the call simulation is with infinite trips, the controller
terminate the call simulator.
Note: A power down of elevator would include errors in the trip count
(± 100 trips)
The behavior of the elevators is according to the configuration of the
elevator(s) and according to the current operational mode.
Call generated shall not be handicapped and shall not be

authenticated (restricted access are not reachable).
If call simulator running the menu shall show the current snapshot
pattern and the ZZ parameter shows the remaining number of trips (in
hex format, 100th unit).
Example: "2100 A" car call simulator runn
running
ing with time between call of
16 seconds and around 1000 trips remaining.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Main Menu 20 Assisted Acceptance Tests

Tests (AAT)
(AAT)
Assisted acceptance
acceptance tests aare
re part o
off the accepta
acceptance
nce test process.
process. For the detailed
detailed
description refer to “Inspector’s Guide Schindler 3100/300/5300”, J 131394
9452
52..
ESC 15 _0 _4
_ _ _ _15
15 _1 _ _
ESC
20_ _ _1 _ _ _ _14
20_ _ _ x 20_ _ _ 0
ESC
_ _ _ _ xx 10_ _ _ x
Main Menu 20 - Assisted Acceptance Tests

Tests [23613; 05.11.2007]

-- [ _ _/_ _/_ _/- -]
-] Test
est Tr
Trave
avell
14 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/14]
_/14] Brak
Brake
e Capabili
Capability
ty Downw
Downward
ard (“BCD”)
(“BCD”)
15 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/15]
_/15] Brak
Brake
e Capabil
Capability
ity Upward
Upward (“BCU”)
(“BCU”)
26 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/26]
_/26] Door O
Open
pening
ing Speed
Speed (“DOS
(“DOS”)
”)
32 [ _ _/_ _/_
_/_ _/32]
_/32] Car Im
Impac
pactt on Bu
Buffer
ffer (“KP”)
(“KP”)
35 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/35]
_/35] Safet
Safety
y Gear (w
(with
ith car loaded
loaded)) (“SGC”)
(“SGC”)
37 [ _ _/_ _/_
_/_ _/37]
_/37] Run T
Time
ime L
Limit
imit (“RTL
(“RTL”)
”)
42 [ _ _/_
_/_ _/_ _/42
_/42]] CWT Balan
Balancing
cing (“CWB”)
(“CWB”)
44 [ _ _/_
_/_ _/_ _/44] Ascending Car Overspeed
Overspeed Protection (“ACOP”)
45 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/45]
_/45] Unin
Unintend
tended
ed Car Mo
Moveme
vement
nt capabili
capability
ty downward
downward
48 [ _ _/_
_/_ _/_ _/48] Suspension and T
Traction
raction media monitoring
monitoring
62 [ _ _/_ _/_
_/_ _/62]
_/62] CWT Im
Impac
pactt on Buf
Buffer
fer (“KPG”
(“KPG”))
64 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/64]
_/64] Half Bra
Brake
ke Capabil
Capability
ity Downward
Downward (“HBCD”
(“HBCD”))
65 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/65]
_/65] Half Bra
Brake
ke Capabil
Capability
ity Upward
Upward (“HBCU”)
(“HBCU”)
66 [ _ _/_
_/_ _/_ _/66] Unintended Car Movement
Movement capability
capability upward
75 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/75]
_/75] Safe
Safety
ty Gea
Gearr Car (Em
(Empty
pty Car)
Car) (“SGCE”)
(“SGCE”)
87 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/87]
_/87] Zero c
curre
urrent
nt monitor
monitoring
ing (ZCM)
(ZCM)
88 [ _ _/_
_/_ _/_ _/88
_/88]] KNE Top
Top (“KNET
(“KNET”)
”)
89 [__ _/_
/_ _/_
_/_ _/89]
_/89] KNE BBotto
ottom
m (“KNEB
(“KNEB”)
”)
90 [ _ _/_ _/_ _/90]
_/90] Safet
Safety
y Chai
Chain
n half sp
speed
eed upward
upwards
s
AAT
AAT

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Main Menu 30 System Info
302_ _ _
ESC ESC
30_ _ _1 301_ _ _ XXXXXX
30 _ _ _ x 30_ _ _ 0
ESC
_ _ _ _ xx 10_ _ _ x
Main Menu 30 - System Info [23608; 26.09.2007]

Overview
301 Software versions of components
302 Hardware versions of components
303 Door types
305 I/O inspection (since V9.9)
306 ACVF monitoring,
monitoring, See a
also
lso chapter 4.8.
4.8.
308 ETM(A) Embedded Telemonitoring
309 Overlay information, See also chapter 4.11.

320 ETMA Embedded Telemonitoring and Alarm
330 Most recent 5 STM installation data entries (since V10.x)
331 Most recent 21 AES activations (since V13.x)
332 Most recent 5 BTM test activations (since V13.x)
340 Hoistway info (since V11.x)
Detailed
301 Software version
description
– [301-01]
[301-01] SCIC / SCPU (examp
(example:
le: 92 = V9.2)
V9.2)
– [301-02] SDIC
SDIC
– [301-03] ACVF
ACVF
– [301-04] SEM
SEM (not used,
used, not SEM PCB)
– [301-05]
[301-05] COP #1 (exa
(example:
mple: 33 = V3
V3.3)
.3)
– [301-06]
[301-06] COP #2
–
– [301-08] CPLD
[301-09] CLSD
CPLD
CLSD (SMIC61)
(example:
(example: (example:
(1205 = V1.2
V1.2.05)
example: .05)
108
108 = V1.08)
– [301-10] Release version overlay (xx.xx.xx = “release”.”release”
“release”.”release”.”subrelea
.”subrelease”)
se”)
– [301-11]
[301-11] COP #3
– [301-12]
[301-12] COP #4
– [301-13] Bootloader
Bootloader ((Since
Since V9.83)
V9.83) shows bootloader
bootloader version
version
– [301-14] Door
Door drive side 1 (Varidor
(Varidor only)
only) shows door
door drive FW version
version
– [301-15] Door
(Varidor only)
only) shows door
door drive FW version
version

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
302 Hardware version

– [302-01] SCIC
SCIC / SCPU
– [302-02]
[302-02] SDIC (51 ... 58=SDIC5, 60,6
60,63=SDIC51,
3=SDIC51, 61,64=SDIC52,
61,64=SDIC52,
62,65=SDIC53)
– [302-03] ACVF
ACVF
– [302-04] SEM
SEM (not used,
used, not SEM PCB)
– [302-05] COP
COP #1 - See table below
below
– [302-06] COP
below
– [302-07]
[302-07] MMCx (not use
used)
d)
– [302-08]
[302-08] CLSD or ETM
ETMA A (65 ... 69 = CLSD, 49 = ETMA)
– [302-09] SMIC
SMIC (5 = SMIC5,
SMIC5, 6 = SMIC6)
– [302-10] Overlay
Overlay
– [302-11]
[302-11] COP #3 - Se
Seee table be
below
low
– [302-12] COP
below
– [302-14] Door
(Varidor only)
only) shows door drive HW version
version
– [302-15] Door
(Varidor only)
only) shows door drive HW version
version
0 unknown HW 10 ... 40 old COPs, not valid for Schindler
3100/3300/5300
51 COP5_N 52 COP5_10
53 COP5B_10 or COP5B_N 54 COP4_B (5 floors)
55 COP5 AP (any) 56 COP5_N ZLA
57 COP5_10 ZLA 58 COP5B_10 ZLA
59 unknown COP5 HW 60 SCOPHM_2 QA
61 SCOPHMH_2 QA 70 SCOPHM QA
71 SCOPHM2 QA 75 SCCI1.QA
76 SCCI21/22/23 QA 80 SCOPH3
81 SCOPHM3 82 SCOPHMH3
83 SCOPMXB3 84 SCOPMHL3
85 SCOPMAT 90 COP5B_10 AU
91 COP4_B_ZLA 92 COP5 AP H
93 COP5 AP with EU fixtures 94 COP4_B_EU_8 (8 floors)
95 COP4_B_EU_12 (12 floors) 96 FIGS (any)
97 COPPI 99 POP1.Q
Values for 302-05, -06, -11,
-11, -12
303 Door Type

– [303-1] Door
Door T
Type
ype Side 1
– [303-2] Door
Door T
Type
ype Side 2

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
305 (Since S00x V9.9)

Menu 305 is used to inspect inputs/outputs
Menu 305 Navigation
Press ESC Press enter
BMK selection menu
Location selection
Attribute selection
(if applicable, location dependent)
Value (dynamically changed)

S1 = Side 1
S2 = Side 2
Menu 305 Navigation [604639_016; 07.12.201

07.12.2015]
5]
The BMK list is sorted alphabe
alphabetically
tically
Selection is done using UP/DOWN arrow
Only actual configured BMK are shown. Some hard coded BMK are always
shown (like DTO/DTS)
Locations Mnemonics
Machine room node MN

Landing node, shaft LN
Car operating panel CO
Car node CN
Control main board (for example, SMIC) MB
Inverter VF
Load measurement node LM
External node (like lobby, etc.) EX

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
306 ACVF Mo
Monitoring
Same menu structure
structure as menu 70 (70...734). Detailed
Detailed description see Menu
Menu 70.
[306-01] Actual elevator speed
[306-02] Nominal linear speed
[306-03] Encoder speed
...
[306-36] Encoder offset autotuning result
[306-37] Dynamic motor autotuning result
308
308 ETM
ETM(A)
(A) Embed
Embeddededd Tele
elemon
monito
itorin
ring
g (Al
(Alar
arm)
m)
Detailed description: See document K 40700049 ("AC TMA 1 (ETMA),
Commissioning,
Additional Diagnostics
information
information a
about and Maintenance")
bout countr
country
y IDs: See Appendix.
Appendix.
[308-1] ETM(A) configuration status
[308-1] ETM(A)
– 0 = ETM(A) not
not configured
configured
– 1 = ETM(A) configured
configured
[308-2] ETM(A) status
[308-2] ETM(A)
– 0 = Undefined
Undefined
– 1 = Normal
Normal traffic
– 2 = ETM(A) temporarily
temporarily disabled ((service
service visit)
– 3 = ETM(A) temporarily
temporarily for more than
than 24 hours
hours
– 4 = ETM(A) breakdown first fault. A brebreakdown
akdown was detected
detected for the
the fist time
– 5 = ETM(A) breakdown more fau faults.
lts. More than one breakdown
breakdown is reported.
reported.
– 6 = ETM(A) breakdown status active sin since
ce more than
than 24 hours
hours
[308-3] ETM(A) communication status
[308-3] ETM(A)
– 0 = Undefined
Undefined
– 1 = Modem initializing ((temporar
temporaryy status)
– 2 = Idle (modem
(modem initial
initialized
ized and rea
ready)
dy)
– 3 = Modem ringing an andd connecting
connecting (temporary
(temporary status)
– 4 = Connected
Connected (neg
(negotiation
otiation comp
completed,
leted, temporary
temporary status)
– 5 = Modem lost (not resp
responding
onding to "Alive?" polling)
polling)
– 6 = Modem serial por
portt deactivated ((currently
currently not
not used)
– 7 = Modem owned by P PPP
PP (data tr
transfer
ansfer in progress)
progress)
– 8 = RMCC connected:
connected: PPP
PPP and SSL c communicatio
ommunication n have been
been successfully
successfully
established
[308-4] ETM(A) phone line status
[308-4] ETM(A)
– 0 = Undefined
Undefined
– 1 = No operational
operational PST
PSTN N connected
– 2 = Operational
Operational PSTN connected
connected
– 3 = Operational
Operational GSM connected
connected
– 4 = TA
TA device is of
off-hook
f-hook
[308-5] ETM(A)
[308-5] ETM(A) phone
phone line
line voltag
voltage
e (0 ... 255, 1 = 1 Volt)
Volt)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
30
309
9 Over
Overla
lay
y info
inform
rmat
atio
ion
n (SW
(SW ≥ 9.7x only)
[309-1] Overlay
[309-1] Overlay Availability
1 = Persistent storage shows that the overlay was once detected as available.
The value can be updated (for example, cleared) by using the HMI command 10
> 136, in case no overlay is available.
[309-2] Overlay
[309-2] Overlay Heartbeat
1 = The overlay board is properly communicating with the Bionic controller and
the board is seen as available. The overlay attached to the controller seems to
work properly. (Cabling between the overlay and the controller is ok)
[309-3] Overlay
[309-3] Overlay Components
Number = Amount of overlay boards that are "visible" from the Bionic controller.
If the number of overlay components is equal to the number of elevators in the
group: Ethernet communication among the overlay boards is ok.
[309-4] Visible
[309-4] Visible Elevators
Number = Amount of elevators that are "visible" from the Bionic controller. If the
number of visible elevators is equal to the number of elevators in the group:
Ethernet communication among the overlay boards is working fine and the
connection Overlay <=> Control is ok. The number can only be smaller or equal
to the number in [309-3].
[309-5] Available
[309-5] Available Elevators
Number = Amount of elevators available to serve group calls. The number can
only be smaller or equal to the number in [309-4].
[309-6] Max
[309-6] Max Visible Elevators
Number = Maximum number of available elevator since the system startup. This
is used to verify the above value and trigger an error in case the number goes
below the maximum number.
320 ETMA (Available with SW ≥9.8 only)
– [320-1] Equipment
Equipment nu number
mber (Only
(Only the main part
part is displayed.
displayed. In duplex
systems
systems "... -1" an
andd "... -2" is not
not displayed.
displayed.))
– [320-2] Servitel
Servitel ID
– [320-3] Date of last successful te telemonitorin
lemonitoring g call date
– [320-4] Date of last successful te telealarm
lealarm ca
callll date
330 (Since V1
V10.x)
Menu 330 shows the latest 5 STM entries.
For each entries is shown:
– Entry calendar
calendar date
– "STM Manufacturing
Manufacturing date"
date"
– "STM bending
bending counter"
counter"
331 (Since V1
V13.x)
This menu option displays the doorzone(DZ), date and time of the 21 most
recent activations of the automatic evacuation
evacuation system (AES).
332 (Since V1
V13.x)
This menu option displays the trigger type, date and time of the 5 most recent
BTM test activations.
BTM tests are triggered periodically by a timer approximately every 24 hours or
spontaneously by excessive releveling.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
340 (Since V1
V12.x)
Menu 340 shows learned shaft information
Shows PHS/PHSB learned, the shaft height and flag length for each level
Also shows the building
building leve
levell for conven
convenience
ience
Values are shown in cyclic way 2 seconds each
340
ESC ENTER
Lxx BLyy
Menu to select level
(using up/down)
ESC XX = level number ENTER
YY = building level
(if applicable)
PHSx-x
PHS1-2
PHS1-B (software blind)
PHS2-B (software blind) 2 seconds
PHS1-2-B (software blind)
2 seconds PHSB (hardware blind)
H xxxxxx
XXXXXX= 2 seconds
floor height (mm)
F xxx
XXX = flag height (mm)
Menu 340 Navigation [604639_017; 07.12.201

07.12.2015]
5]
350 (Since V1
V12.x)
Menu 350 shows the current CLC load/values. It is a copy of CF95 but you can
monitor the load all the time, not only in configuration.
350.1 see CF95PA1
350.2 see CF95PA2
350.3 see CF95PA3

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Main Menu 40 Con

Config
igu
ura
rati
tio
on ((P
Para
ram
meter
ter Se
Setup)
up)
6 7
ESC ESC
L_ _ _ 01 S_ _ _ _ 2
5
ESC ESC ESC
CF_ _ 40 L_ _ _ 00 S_ _ _ _ 1
70 _ _ _ x 4 8
60 _ _ _ x CF_ _02 PA_ _02 9

3
ESC ESC ESC
50 _ _ _ x 40_ _ _1 CF_ _ 01 PA_ _01 VL_ x y z
40 _ _ _ x 40_ _ _ 0
ESC ESC
CF_ _ 00 LE _ _ _0
30_ _ _ x
20_ _ _ x
10 LE _ _ - -
1
ESC 11 6
2
9
6
_ _ _ _ xx 10_ _ _ x 1
0
0
0
Main Menu 40 - Configuration [23263; 09.03.201

09.03.2011]
1]
CF Details Remarks
00 LOP configuration (addressing and counting)
01 Floor designation (Naming for customer)
02 Main floors, parking floors, service floors
03 Door timers
04 Group (duplex, triplex) configuration, Date and Time
05 COP input key switches (COP5, COP4B)
06 COP settings (timing, volume)
07 LOP/LIN settings (timing, volume)
08 Car parameters (load, light, etc.)
09 Alarm filter
11 Statistics (Trip counter, hours in service)
12 SW versions
13 HW versions
14 NS21 (ZNO, JNO timers)
15 COP5B-N, COP4B keypad configuration
16 ACVF drive paramete
parameters
rs
17 GS visitor control 6)
18 Varidor 15 parameter
19 ASMTL parameter
parameter 1)
21 Embedded Telemonitoring Alarm ETM(A)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
CF Details Remarks
22 Monitoring (RMCC diagnostics)
23 NBC timers
24 Monitoring (RMCC diagnostics, part 2) 4)
26 LIFD Long interfloor distance
28 STM monitoring
30 Independent doors (ZZ2, ZZ3) 4)
32 Power saving
40 BIO bus nodes inputs and outputs (LOP inputs, LIN, LCUX and
BIOGIO inputs and outputs)
41 Restricted access functions (floor access and car access)
49 SIEU inputs and outputs 4)
55 Dual brand COP MX-B and handicapped COP SCOPH:
Input/Output first COP
56 Dual brand COP MX-B and handicapped COP SCOPH:
Input/Output second COP
86 Asymmetric duplex
duplex 4)
90 CAN auxiliary I/O board 1
91 CAN auxiliary I/O board 2
95 Actual cabin load
load weight ((read
read only)
96 CLC calibration values (read only)
97 CLC re-configuration
98 Zero carload frequency calibration
99 Reference carload frequency calibration

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Menu 50 Diagnostics
A B C
Main Menu 50 - Diagnostics

Diagnostics [38650; 09.03.2011]
09.03.2011]
The error display consists of a:
 A: Error classificationTwo-digit serial number (00–49) at the front
– E = Error (maybe
(maybe reset
reset by system itself)
– F = Fatal Error
Error
– P = Persistent Fatal
Fatal Error (needs menu
menu 10, submenu
submenu 101 to reset)
– I = Information
Information
 B: Error storage (00 = latest error .. 49 =oldest error)
 C: Four-digit error code (nnnn) (See appendix)
 D: Date and time stamp of error occurrence
See the example in the table.
Display Description
[E _ 0 0 n n n n] Latest error (out of 50)
... ...
[E _ 0 2 1 1 0 1] Example: → fatal error with code 1101
= no signal
signal from
from car
car load
load cell
cell
... ...
[E _ 4 9 n n n n] Oldest error (out of 50)
[E - _ _ _ _ _ _ ] Empty error log

EJ 604639 12
EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Menu 60 Statistics
Main Menu 60 - Statistics

Statistics [32339; 12.1
12.11.2009]
1.2009]
Description
601 Trip counter (1 = 100 trips)
602 Hours in service (1 = 1 hour)
603 Door cycle counter, side 1 (1 = 1 cycle) 2)
605 Door cumulated moving time, side 1 (1 = 1 hour) 2)
61
611
614 Door cumulated KSKB, side 1 (1 = 1 cycle) 3)
615 Door cumulated KSKB, side 2 (1 = 1 cycle) 3)
616 Door cumulated PHT, side 1 (1 = 1 cycle) 3)
617 Door cumulated PHT, side 2 (1 = 1 cycle) 3)
619 Clear door statistic data (610 ... 617) 3)
620 Car light: Total on time (1 = 1 hour) 3)
621 Car light switch: Total switch on counter (1 = 1 cycle) 3)
622 Car light: Maximum on time (1 = 1 hour) 3)
623 Car light: Minimum on time (1 = 1 hour) 3)
624 Car light: Average on time (1 = 1 hour) 3)
629 Clear car light statistic (620 ... 624) 3)
631 STM bending counter 4)
632 STM expiration date (dd.mm.yyyy
(dd.mm.yyyy)) 4)
641 Varidor statistics

statistic s side 1: Force lock average 5)
651 Varidor statistics side 2: Force lock average 5)
1) Not yet implemented
2) Valid for SW < V9.6 only
3) Available if SW ≥ V9.7 and COP5 SW ≥ V3.0 or COP5-AP SW ≥ V1.5)
4) Valid for SW ≥ V10.XX
5) Valid for SW ≥ V1
V111

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Main Menu 70 ACVF Monitoring if SW ≤ 10
This menu is available until V10.x. Since V11.x, find ACVF monitoring under menu 306.
702_ _ _
ESC ESC
70_ _ _1 701_ _ _ XXXXXX
70 _ _ _ x 70_ _ _ 0
ESC
_ _ _ _ xx 10_ _ _ x
Main Menu 70 - ACVF M

Monitoring
onitoring [23607; 26.09.2007]
Menu Display Index Description

1)
701 [70/1_
[70/1_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.1
1.16
6 Act
Actua
uall elev
elevato
atorr spee
speed
d [[mm
mm/s]
/s],, calcu
calculat
lated
ed value
value,, based
based on
elevator parameters and encoder input
702 [70/
[70/2_
2_/_
/_ _] 1.21
1.21 No
Nomi
mina
nall lin
linea
earr s
spe
peed
ed,, c
cal
alcu
cula
late
ted
d [[mm
mm/s
/s]]
703 [70
[70/3_
/3_/_ _] 1.1
1.17 Enco
cod
der sp
spe
eed [RP
[RPM]
704 [70
[70/4_
/4_/_ _
_]] 1.18
.18 En
Enco
cod
der fre
frequenc
ncy
y [mHz
[mHz]]
705 [70/5_/_ _] 1.3 Motor speed [RPM]
706 [70/6_/_ _] 1.4 Motor
tor current [0.01 A]
707 [70/7_/_ _]
_] 1.7 Motor v
vo
oltage [[0
0.1 V]
V]
708 [70/8_
[70/8_/_
/_ _] 1.2
1.24
4 Mo
Motor
tor tem
tempe
perat
ratur
ure
e [[°C]
°C],, mea
measur
sured
ed value
value fro
from
m KTY8
KTY84-1
4-130
30
thermal sensor
709 [70
[70/9_
/9_/_ _] 1.1 Output
tput fr
fre
equen
ency
cy of ACVF
CVF [mHz
[mHz]]
710 [71/0_/_ _]
_] 1.2 Reference ffrrequency [m
[mHz]
71
711
1 [71/1_/_ _] 1.8 DC link voltage [0.1 VDC]
712 [71/2_
[71/2_/_
/_ _] 1.1
1.10
0 Inp
Input
ut volta
voltage
ge AI1 of brakin
braking
g rresi
esisto
storr tthe
herm
rmost
ostat
at KTHBR
KTHBR
[0.1 V]
713 [71/
[71/3_
3_/_
/_ _
_]] 1.1
1.11 Inpu
Inputt vo
volt
ltag
age
e AI
AI2
2 of mot
motor
or the
therm
rmis
isto
torr KTHM
KTHMH
H [0.1
[0.1 V]
V]
714 [71/
[71/4_
4_/_
/_ _] 1.9
1.9 ACVF
ACVF temp
temper
erat
atur
ure
e [°C]
[°C],, mea
measu
sure
red
d val
value
ue fr
from
om in
inte
tern
rnal
al IG
IGBT
BT
module
715 [71/5_
[71/5_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.2
1.23
3 Test cur
curre
rent
nt Iq
Iq [0.01
[0.01 A], filter
filtered
ed curre
current
nt Iq
Iq mea
measursured
ed in the
the
middle of the travel in position mode during 16 ms.
Iq = output
output current
current vector
vector produced
produced by torque
torque..
716 [71/
[71/6_
6_/_
/_ _] 1.2
1.26 Ma
Maxi
ximu
mum
m mot
motor
or cu
curr
rren
entt [[0.
0.01
01 A]
717 [71/7_
[71/7_/_
/_ _] 1.2
1.28
8 Rel
Relati
ative
ve car positi
position
on [mm],
[mm], di
dista
stance
nce tra
travel
veled
ed fro
from
m the
the
starting point of the travel
718 [71/
[71/8_
8_/_
/_ _
_]] 1.29
1.29 Re
Requ
ques
este
ted
d trav
travel
el dis
dista
tanc
nce
e [mm]
[mm] for
for the
the nex
nextt tr
trav
avel
el
719 [71/9_
[71/9_/_
/_ _] 1.3
1.30
0 Stop
toppin
ping
g dis
dista
tance
nce [mm],
[mm], calcul
calculate
ated
d for each
each tra
travel
vel
720 [72/
[72/0_
0_/_
/_ _] 1.35
1.35 Firs
Firstt fla
flag
g corr
correc
ecti
tion
on [m
[mm]
m] (P
(PHS
HS fl
flag
ag))
721 [72/
[72/1_
1_/_
/_ _] 1.36
1.36 La
Last
st flag
flag corr
correc
ecti
tion
on [m
[mm]
m] (P
(PHS
HS fl
flag
ag))

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Menu Display Index Description

1)
722 [72/
[72/2_
2_/_
/_ _] 1.31
1.31 La
Last
st flag
flag fr
freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y [[mH
mHz]
z] (P
(PHS
HS fl
flag
ag))
723 [72/
[72/3_
3_/_
/_ _] 1.12
1.12 Digi
Digita
tall in
input
put 1
1,, 2
2,, 3 sta
state
tes
s [[0–
0–7]
7]
See additional information at the end of this table.
724 [72/
[72/4_
4_/_
/_ _] 1.13
1.13 Digi
Digita
tall in
input
put 4
4,, 5
5,, 6 sta
state
tes
s [[0–
0–7]
7]
725 [72/
[72/5_
5_/_
/_ _] 1.14
1.14 Di
Digi
gita
tall outp
output
ut 1, 2, 3 st
stat
ates
es [0
[0–1
–15]
5]
726 [72/6_
[72/6_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.3
1.38
8 CLC infor
informa
matio
tion
n (-1
(-100
000
0 = empty
empty car,
car, +100
+1000
0 = fully
fully lloa
oade
ded
d
car)
If value set to “0”, weight measuring value originates from
CLC
If value <> “0”, weight measuring value originates from
preset parameter
727 [72/7_
[72/7_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.4
1.44
4 Power
Power Mo
Mode
de [0 = Sta
tands
ndstil
till,
l, 1 = Moto
Motorr, 2 = Gen
Genera
erator
tor]]
728 [72/
[72/8_
8_/_
/_ _] 1.4
1.45 Mo
Moto
torr tem
temp
per
erat
atur
ure
e ffau
ault
lt rres
eset
et [5 ..
.... 140 °C
°C]]
729 [72/9_/_ _] 1.46
.46 Fan speed [1 ... 100 %]
730 [73/
[73/0_
0_/_
/_ _
_]] 1.47
1.47 Brak
Brake
e rres
esis
isto
torr temp
temper
erat
atur
ure
e [-10
[-10 ..
.... +256
+256 °C
°C]]
731 [73/1_
[73/1_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.4
1.49
9 Act
Actua
uall moto
motorr n
nom
omina
inall spee
speed
d dur
during
ing RPM identi
identific
ficati
ation
on ru
run
n
[0 ...
... 30
3000
00 RPM]
RPM]
732 [73/2_
[73/2_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.5
1.50
0 U/f curve
curve ID
ID state
state [0 = no
nott used
used,, 1 = stand
stand-b
-by
y, 2 = ru
runn
nning
ing,,
3 = OK,
OK, 4 = no
nott OK]
OK]
733 [73/3_
[73/3_/_
/_ _]
_] 1.5
1.51
1 RPM ID, 4s
3 = OK sta
tate
=te
no[0
no =K]
no
nott u
t OK]
O used
sed,, 1 = sta
stand-
nd-by
by,, 2 = rrun
unnin
ning,
g,
734 [73/
[73/4_
4_/_
/_ _] 1.2
1.25 Mo
Moto
torr curr
curren
entt mid
mid [0
[0.0
.01
1 A]
735 [73/5_/_ _] Static motor autotuning result
736 [73/6_/_ _] Encoder offset autotuning result
737 [73/7_/_ _] Dynamic motor autotuning result
1) This refers to the designation of the monitoring v
values
alues on the V
Vacon
acon display
display..
Explanation
Explanation 723 / 3062
30623 3 (Inputs
(Inputs DIN1 ... DIN3)
Value DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Status
SF SF1 Evacuation mode
(NC contact) (NC contact) (from HCU)
(0 = active) (0 = active) (1=active)
0 0 0 0 Normal trip
1 0 0 1
2 0 1 0
3 0 1 1
4 1 0 0
5 1 0 1
6 1 1 0 Stand-by
7 1 1 1
Explanation
30624 4 (Inputs
Value DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 Status
“Car on floor” KB KB1
(1=active) (NC contact) (NO contact)
(0 = active) (1=active)
0 0 0 0 KB/KB1 fault

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Explanat
Explanation
ion 724 / 3062
30624
4 (Inputs
1 0 0 1 Normal trip car
between floors
2 0 1 0 Stand-by, car
between floors
5 1 0 1 Normal trip, car on
floor
6 1 1 0 Stand-by, car on
floor

Explanation 30625
5 (Output
(Outputs
s R01 ... R03)
Value R01 R02 R03 Status
SF/SF1 MGB MVE
0 0 0 0 Stand-by (no MVE)
1 0 0 1 Stand-by (MVE
running)
2 0 1 0
3 0 1 1
4 1 0 0 Start/End Trip (no
MVE)
5 1 0 1 Start/End Trip
(MVE running)
6 1 1 0 Normal trip (no
MVE)
7 1 1 1 Normal trip (MVE
running)
4.3.2 Menu 70 if SW ≥ V11
70 Test (≥ V11)
70.1 Drive tests
70.2 Varidor tests
1xx Varidor test door 1
2xx Varidor test door 2

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
4.3.3 Tree Navigation
How to Enter
No Step Display
Configuration
Mode 1 Check the HMI for th
the
e curren
currentt car position
position (for example car
car at floor
floor 5). _ _ _ _ 0 5
2 Press the OK button to enter the main menu level. 1 0 _ _ _ _
3 Press the UP or DOWN button as required to navigate to the desired 4 0 _ _ _ _
main menu (for example main menu 40).
4 Press the OK button to confirm the main menu selection. 40___0
5 Press the UP or DOWN button as required to change the value from 40___1
“0” to “1” (applies to main menu 40 only).
6 Press the OK button to activate the configuration mode (applies to CF__01
main menu 40 only).
This will:
 Display the configuration group CF01.
 Send the car to the configuration floor, where it remains stationary
with the doors open. The system is then ready for configuration.
How to Modify a
1 Check that the system is ready for configuration. CF__01
Parameter
Enter Configuration Mode as described above if applicable.
2 Press the UP or DOWN button as required to navigate to the desired C F _ _ 0 3
configuration group (for example Door Timing CF03).
3 Press the OK button to confirm the configuration group selection. PA__01
This will display the first parameter of the parameter menu.
4 Press the UP or DOWN button as required to navigate to the desired P A _ _ 0 8
parameter (for example Start Delay PA08).
5 Press the OK button to confirm the parameter selection. VL_xyz
This will display the current value xyz of the selected parameter.
6 Press the OK button to enter Edit Mode (Change Mode). VL_xyz
The first digit from the left will start blinking to indicate that it can be
changed.
7  Either press the UP or DOWN button as required to change the VL_uyz
digit to the desired value (for example x to u)
 Or go directly to the next step.
8 Press the OK button to confirm the displayed value (changed or not) V L _ u v w
of the digit.
This will enable the next digit for modification (which is then shown
blinking)
9 Repeat the two preceding steps until all digits are through. PA__08
Finishing with the last digit will display the parameter again.
How to Exit
1 Press the ESC button as required to navigate back to the 40___1
Configuration
Configuration Mode activation.
Mode
2 Press the UP or DOWN button as required to change the value from 40___0
“1” to “0” (applies to main menu 40 only).
3 Press the OK button to confirm the deactivation of the Configuration 4 0 _ _ _ _
Mode.
4 Press the ESC button to exit the main menu level. _ _ _ _ 0 5
The HMI will display the current car position again (for example car at
floor
floor 5)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
5 *D
Diiagnostic a
an
nd E
Errror R
Re
ecovery P
Prrocedures
5.1 Common E
Errror R
Re
ecovery P
Prrocedures
5.
5.1.
1.1
1 Reco
Recove
very
ry ffro
rom
m Fat
Fatal Err
Error
or (No
(Norm
rmal
al Res
Reset
et))
Procedure If a fatal error occurs, the elevator has to be checked and the cause of the error eliminated.
Only after fault correction shall
correction shall the elevator be recovered with a reset.
No Step
1 Press the RESET button on the SCPU PCBA located in the LDU. If a
SMICE6x/SMICFC2x+SMICHMI2x PCBs are used, the RESET button on the
SMICE6x/SMICHMI2x
SMICE6x/SMICHMI2 x PCBAs has the same function.
RESET
SCPU
LREC
LREC-A
I
U I R
S I
S P T S
K T S K
DB
DBV
V DU
DUEI
EISK
SK-A
-A RESET
INSPECTION
Reset buttons on SMICE6x

SMICE6x and SCPU
SCPU,, [23164; 21.03.2016]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
RESET Button on
SMICHMI2x
DWNLD
MMCARD
RESET
ETH
LUET
JT BBUS
AG INSP
NORM
PWR LCD
ERR
SIM CARD ESC
RST
DBV DUEISK-A
INSP
DRZS locking device LZS

(only for SMICHMI21)
DRZS
BDM CM2 BDM SCPU1
[604639_009; 26.1
26.11.2015]
1.2015]
5.1.
5.1.2
2 Reco
Recove
very
ry fro
from
m Fat
Fatal Err
Error
or fro
from
m Car
Car Roo
Rooff (Nor
(Norma
mall Rese
Reset)
t)
Procedure if
With software ≥ V9.53
V9.53 it
it is possible to reset the control
CO BIC
BIC ≤ 5.7
I with help of the inspection control on the car roof:
NORM N STOP
S – JREC must be on position “INSP “INSPECTION”
ECTION”
P
E
C
JHC – JHC Stop button must be be pressed
JREC T
→ Press the UP and DOWN buttons (DREC-U and DREC-
D) simultaneously. This will reset the elevator control.
DREC-U
DREC-D
8
5
7
0
1
DA-U 0
0
1

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
5.1.
5.1.3
3 Reco
Recove
very
ry fro
from
m Fat
Fatal Err
Error
or fro
from
m Car
Car Roof
Roof (No
(Norm
rmal
al Res
Reset
et))
if CO BIC ≥ 7
Using Inspection
It is possible to reset the control with help of
Panel Top of Car
the inspection panel on top of car:
(REC)
NORMAL
STOP
– JREC must be on on position
I
N “INSPECTION”
S
P – JHC stop button must be pressed
pressed
E
C
T → Press the ENABLE, UP and DOWN
I
O HC
N
buttons (DREC-E, DREC-U and DREC-D)
simultaneously.
REC
This will reset the elevator control.
DREC-U
ENABLE
DREC-D
DA-U
PC
[604639_018; 08.12.2015]
Using Inspection
It is possible to reset the control with help of
Panel in Pit
the inspection panel in pit:
(RESG)
– JRESG must be be on position
“INSPECTION”
– JHSG stop button
button must be pressed
pressed
→ Press the ENABLE, UP and DOWN
buttons (DRESG-E, DRESG-U and
DRESG-D) simultaneously.
This will reset the elevator control.
INSPECTION
L
P A
O M
T R
S O
N
[604639_019; 29.03.2016]

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
5.
5.1.
1.4
4 Reco
Recove
very
ry from
from Pers
Persis
iste
tent
nt Fat
Fatal Erro
Error
r
Persistent fatal error may cause safety chain to be open (for example, in case of a UCM
error). Properly recover the controller from persistent fatal error will solve this problem and
close the safety chain.
Procedure For safety reasons, the clearing of persistent fatal errors requires a special procedure
described below. Even switching the elevator off and back on will not clear persistent fatal
errors.
No Step
1 On HMI dispatch a fatal error reset command to ACVF and control with special
command
command 101
101..
This clears persistent fat
fatal
al errors related
related to pre-openin
pre-opening,
g, releveling,
releveling, KB/KB1,
safety circuit, PHSx bridging
bridging..
2 Press the “RESET” button on the SCPU PCBA.
Reaction:
 The elevator starts up and performs a synch travel.
 This procedure clears:
– Persistent fatal
fatal error
error of the Bionic control
control (pre-opening,
(pre-opening, re-leveling,
re-leveling, KSE,
KNE, PHSx bridged, safety circuit)
– Persistent fatal
fatal error of th
the
e ACVF (for example
example KB/KB1)
KB/KB1)
– Activated fire service,
service, activated fir
firefighter
efighter floor
floor..
– Door lock monitoring
monitoring condition
condition
2
SCIC / SCPU: RESET
Reset procedure for persistent

persistent fatal error,
error, [25788; 27.08.2009]
5.1.
5.1.5
5 Rese
Resett of TSD
TSD sys
syste
tems
ms (Sh
(Shor
ortt head
headro
room
om and
and/o
/orr shor
shortt pit)
pit)
After a system with tempo

temporary
rary safety device
device TSD ha
has
s been used
used in inspection
inspection travel mode,
mode,
it needs to be reset manually. The same reset may need to be necessary if the TSD
supervision has been activated. (For example by opening a landing door when the KNET
has been activated.)
Reset procedures
No Step
for TSD Rel.
Rel. 01
systems 1 Press the RESET INSPECTION button.
2 If the system does not react:
 Do a normal microprocessor reset
 Wait until the system has restarted
 Press the RESET INSPECTION button
3 If the system still does not react:
 Try to close the doors with help of HMI menu 113
 Or open and close the doors with help HMI menus 112 and 113
 Then proceed and press the RESET INSPECTION button

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Reset procedures
No Step
for TSD21
systems if 1 On the SEM PCB (if BIC CO ≤ 5.7), press the DRZS reset button.
BIC ≤ 5.7 Preconditions to reset the system:
 Landing doors are closed and locked (KTS/KV)
 The movable bolts are in the inactive position (KSR-A)
 Inspection operation is not active anymore (JREC)
 No stop switch is active (JHC, JHM, …)
 The balustrade (if any) is retracted (KBC-A).
2 Special procedure for systems with SEMATIC or varidor doors, in case the DRZS
reset does not work:

 Press the DRH-U push button on the bridge connector SMIC.BESE to force
the SEMATIC or varidor doors to close.
Reset procedures
No Step
for TSD21
systems if BIC 7 1 On SMICHMI PCB press the DRZS reset button
Preconditions to reset the TSD21:
 Landing doors are closed and locked (KTS/KV)
 The movable bolts are in the inactive position (KSR-A)
 Inspection operation is not active anymore (JREC/JRESG)
 No stop switch is active (JHC, JHSG, JHM, …)
 The balustrade (if any) is retracted (KBC-A).
2 Special procedure for systems with SEMATIC or varidor 15 doors, in case the
DRZS reset does not work:

On HMI use command 162 to force all available doors in the system to close.
 On ESE panel press UP or DOWN to force all available doors in the system to
close.
5.1.6 GBP Reset Procedure
Procedure After an emergency

emergency stop with safety gear
gear activation, the fo
following
llowing procedure
procedure has
has to be
carried out to restore Normal Operation mode.
No Step
1 Activate Recall Travel
Travel contr
control.
ol.
2 Move the car upward by use of Recall Control to a position near the top floor (so
that access to the car roof will be possible).
3 Unplug the KBV connector on SMIC in the LDU.
4 On HMI select special command 103.
HMI displays [10 3_ _0]
5 Plug the GBP Reset connector into the KBV socket on SMIC/SMICFC.
This connector bridges the KBV contact in the safety circuit.
6 On HMI activate GBP Reset Mode by use of special command 103 (set value
to 1).
HMI displays [10 3_ _1].
7 On the car roof:
 Activate Inspection
Inspection Tr
Travel
avel control.
 Deactivate Recall control.
8 Move the car nearer to the KBV switch and reset the KBV switch.
9 Move the car downward as necessary for leaving the car roof at the LDU floor.
10 Deactivate Inspection Travel control and leave the car roof.
11 Remove the GBP Reset connector from SMIC/SMICFC.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
No Step
12 Plug the KBV connector on SMIC/SMICFC.
13 On HMI deactivate GBP Reset Mode by use of special command 103 (set value
to 0).
HMI displays [10 3_ _0].
14 Exit Special Command menu and deactivate Recall Travel control.
This sends the car on a synch travel.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
5.2 Diagnostic o
off E
Em
mbedded T
TM
M4 a
an
nd E
ET
TMA
For detailed diagnostics procedures of the ETMA please refer to document K40700049 "AC
TMA 1 (ETMA) Commissioning, Diagnostics and Maintenance"
Check Status
No Step
1 On HMI check the ETM status
status by displaying System Info
Info 3082.
VL1 corresponds to "Normal Traffic".
2 On HMI initiate a call to TACC by activating Special
Special Comman
Command
d 126 ("Next Call").
3 On HMI check the CLSD software version by displaying CF12 PA08.
4 On HMI check the CLSD hardware version by displaying CF13 PA08.
Enable/Disable
1 At the beginning
beginning of main
maintenance
tenance wor
work,
k, on HMI disable remote monitoring
monitoring by
by
Remote
activating special command 117 (set value to "1").
Monitoring
This prevents the TM4 from sending false alarms during maintenance.
2 If necessary, on HMI adjust CF21 PA29 (Service Visit Time-out).
3 After completing
completing maintenance
maintenance work, o
on
n HMI enable remote monitoring
monitoring by
by
deactivating special command 117 (set value to "0").
The Remote Monitoring function will go operational again after the Service Visit
Time-out has elapsed.
Ring Tone 1 If necessary, on HMI adjust CF21 PA34 (Ring Tone Volume).
Volume
5.3 Diagnostics of ETMA Wireless
For detailed diagnostics

diagnostics procedu
procedure
re of ETMA wireless, refer to EJ 41700663.
41700663.
5.
5.4
4 Diag
Diagno
nost
stic
ics
sooff A
AC
CTTMB
MB Tel
elem
emon
onit
itor
orin
ing
gBBei
eiji
jing
ng De
Devi
vice
ce (A
(AP
P
Only)
For the diagnostic

diagnostic of the AC TMB device, refer to EJ 413239
41323971.
71.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
5.
5.5
5 * Er
Erro
rorr M
Mes
essa
sage
ges
saand
nd Re
Reco
cove
very
ry Pr
Proc
oced
edur
ures
es (rel
(relat
ated
ed to
Menu
Me nu 50
50))
Some recoverable errors are reclassified as "fatal error" if they occur repeatedly. This is
indicated in the following tables as shown in the example below.
Example: "3x
"3x = F" mmean
eanss that
that three
three occurrences
occurrences of the respective recoverable error within
one hour make
make it a fatal error.
Legend:

C1, C2, C3, ...:
...: Cause 1,
1, 2, 3, ... of the error
error
 A1, A2, A3, ...:
...: Action 1
1,, 2, 3, ... to solve the error
– Any error displayed during
during the ca
calibration
libration b
belongs
elongs to error
error group 11. (Example: er
er 9 =
Error 1109)
– Errors (E0–E9)
(E0–E9) displayed
displayed durin
during
g the LOP conconfiguration
figuration are
are described
described in chapter about
the LOP configuration.
Code General M
Me
essages
00
0001
01 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR FA
FATAL ERR
ERROR
OR
The elevator is permanently blocked and not operable. Note that this message
typically follows another error.
C1:Different causes
A1:Check elevator message log for previous reported messages in order to
identify the root cause of the problem.
00
0002
02 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR SAF
SAFET
ETYY CHAI
CHAINN
The safety circuit has opened unexpected or hasn't closed as expected.
C1:The safety circuit has opened unexpected (for example, while the car
was moving)
A1:Check safety
safety circuit for opened contacts.Ch
contacts.Check
eck 110 V fuse on SMIC
board.
C2:Safety chain has not closed when expected. When all doors are closed,
the safety circuit is expected to be closed too.
A2:Check safety circuit contacts at door.Check door parameter 'delay time
between door closed and closed safety circuit' (CF03 PA13).
C3:Safety chain is not powered due to UCM (unintended car movement)
actuation.
A3:Check UCM recovery procedures (for example, remove persistent fatal
error).
00
0003
03 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR OVE
OVERL
RLOA
OAD
D MOD
MODE E
C1:Too high load in the car

A1:Decrease the load in the car
C2:The car load measuring signal is faulty
A2:Check general wiring to the car load measuring device.Redo calibration
if signal is present but invalid.
00
0005
05 EL
ELEVEVA
ATOR
TOR POWE
POWER R FAI
FAILL MODE
MODE
00
0008
08 ELEV
ELEVA ATOR JRVC
JRVC MODE
MODE *) *)
0012
0012 ELE
ELEV VATOR
TOR NOAUT
NOAUTHOR
HORIZA
IZATIO
TION
N MODE
MODE
The elevator is blocked because no or an invalid SIM card is inserted at the
elevator main control board (PCB).
C1:No SIM card, no Schindler SIM card, a SIM card of another elevator or a
manipulated SIM card is inserted
A1:Check if SIM card is present or if a invalid SIM card is inserted. Check
error log for SIM card errors (#19xx). Get the correct SIM card.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code General M
Meessages
0017
0017 ELE
ELEVVATOR
TOR REVISI
REVISION
ON NUMBE
NUMBERS RS DO NOT
NOT MA
MATCH
TCH
C1:SIM card available, but internal COMM number doesn't correspond with
the one stored in the SCIC EEPROM. Wrong SIM card delivery or SCIC
already used in another elevator.
A1:Replace with SIM card that is dedicated (specially configured) for this
installation. Install SCIC <=> SIM card combination that is foreseen for this
installation.
0018 ELEV
ELEVA ATOR CHIP CARD DAT DATA INT
INTEGRI
EGRITY
TY FAILURE
FAILURE
C1:The SIM card could be read but the data is corrupt (wrong file length, crc
etc.)
A1:Change the SimCard.
0019
0019 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR WATCHDOG
TCHDOG RESET
RESET
Indicates that a watchdog reset (initiated by hardware or software watchdog) has
been performed previously. The elevator main control has just started up.
C1:A main controller software internal problem has occurred
A1:Update main controller with new software release (Only if advised by
R&D. Get in contact with Locarno before.)
0020
0020 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR S CHAI
CHAINN BR
BRIDG
IDGED
ED PERM
PERMANE
ANENT NT
Safety circuit not opened at the time when expected to be opened (for example,
while opening door)
C1:The safety circuit is bridged (for example, at the car or landing door)
A1:Check safety circuit for bridges (for example, plugs) and remove them
0021
0021 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR CAR
CAR COCONTR
NTROL OLLER
LER RESET
RESET
Elevator car controller reset
0022 ELEV
ELEVAATOR CAR CONTROLL
CONTROLLER ER RELEVELI
RELEVELING
NG FAIL
A1:Check: SUET
0023
0023 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR ISK
ISK FAIL ON PREOP
PREOPEN
EN *)
*)
This error is not used anymore with actual SW
00
0024
24 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR K KNE
NE U INT
INTER
ERRU
RUPT
PTED
ED
C1:The car has exceeded the hoistway end limit (for example, KNE_U)
A1:Check why the car has exceeded the hoistway end limit. Check log for
possible previous reported messages. Release elevator from blocked state
(perform reset procedure)
C2:Safety circuit wiring faulty or safety circuit contact(s) defective or bad
adjusted
A2:Check general wiring safety circuit and safety circuit contacts at
corresponding safety circuit section

00
0025
25 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR ISK
ISK PREO
PREOPE PENN ERRO
ERROR R *)
0027 ELEV
ELEVAATOR CC RELEVELI
RELEVELING NG FAIL FATAL *)
AL *)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code General M
Me
essages
0030
0030 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR USER
USER LEVEL
LEVEL 3 DISA
DISABLE
BLED D *)
C1:The user has disabled the user level 3 by a command (for example,
menu 109)
A1:None respectively possibility to enable the user level 3 for a second time
(for example, menu 109)
C2:The elevator performed a auto disabling of the user level 3 for the first
time (for example, if option “OEM” is active on SIM and more than 10’000
trips performed)
A2:Possibility to enable the user level 3 for a second time (for example,
menu 109)
C3:The elevator performed a auto disabling of the user level 3 for the
second and last time (after re-enabling, for example, after additional
2000
2000 trip
trips)
s)
A3:none
0031
0031 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR LEARNI
LEARNING
NG INTERR
INTERRUPT
UPTED
ED
The learning travel has failed.
C1:Wrong manipulation on elevator. For example, Recall switched on or
any stop switch pressed during learning travel.
A1:Release corresponding switches. Re-execute the learning travel.
C2:Safety circuit opened
A2:Check reason for open safety circuit and get rid of the problem. Re-
execute the learning travel.
00
0033
33 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR ST
STAR
ARTE
TEDD UP
This message is stored in the error history every time the elevator has been
started up. (For example after switching off / on the power supply.)
C1:The power got switched off and on again
A1:None
C2:The reset button got pressed
A2:None
C3:A watchdog reset got performed
A3:Check first power supply (quality) and possible reset by other staff. If
message appears unexpectedly update the main controller with new
software release. (Contact the Hotline Locarno)
0037
0037 ELE
ELEVVATOR
TOR COP
COP HE
HEART
ARTBEA
BEAT T MISS
MISSING
ING
The communication to the cop respectively car user interface node has broken
C1:COP disconnected
A1:Connect COP
C2:Data transmission faulty
A2:Check data line connection (CAN). Check for correct data line
termination (termination switch in ECU or LDU, termination in ACVF)
C3:Mismatch of car node software and elevator main controller software
A3:Update the software accordingly

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code General M
Me
essages
0038
0038 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR ECU
ECU HEART
HEARTBEA
BEAT
T MISS
MISSING
ING
The car user interface node (COP) has recognized a lost of communication to the
elevator main control. Note: This error mainly occurs together with other errors.
Please check message log first for other reported errors.
C1:COP disconnected
A1:Connect COP
A2:Check data line connection (CAN). Check for correct data line
termination (termination switch in ECU or LDU, termination in ACVF)

C3:Mismatch of car node software and elevator main controller software
A3:Update the software accordingly
0062
0062 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR BACKUP
BACKUP BABAT SUFFIC
SUFFICIEN
IENT
T CHARGE
CHARGE
This informative error message indicates the charge of the elevator backup
battery has resumed to the required minimum level.
C1:
A1:No action required
0063
0063 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR
TOR BACKUP
BACKUP BAT
BAT INSUFF
INSUFFICI
ICIENT
ENT C
CHAR
HARGE
GE
The charge of the elevator backup battery has fallen below the required minimum
level or was not able to get recharged to the required minimum level after elevator
mains power up.
C1:Battery connection missing or bad
A1:Check connections of the battery
C2:Battery faulty (for example, old)
A2:Replace battery
C3:Battery charging problem
A3:Check wiring to charging device. Check function of charging device
(charging voltage, fuses).
0072
0072 ELEV
ELEVAATOR
TOR BACKUP
BACKUP BAT BAT CAR
CAR INSUFF
INSUFFICIEN
ICIENTT CHARG
CHARGE E
The charge of the car backup battery (for example, used to power the car backup
light) has fallen below the required minimum level or wasn't able to get recharged
to the required minimum level after elevator mains power up.
C1:Battery connection missing or bad
A1:Check battery's connections
C2:Battery faulty (for example, old)
A2:Replace battery
C3:Battery charging problem
A3:Check wiring to charging device. Check function of charging device
(charging voltage, fuses).
0073 ELEVATOR BACKUP BAT CAR SUFFICIENT CHARGE *)
In the course of a car backup battery failure, this (informative) error message is
created to indicate that the car backup battery is again in working order.
C1:

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code General M
Me
essages
0074
0074 ELE
ELEV
VATOR
TOR TRACTI
TRACTION
ON M
MEAN
EANS
S TEMP
TEMP E
EXCE
XCEEDE
EDED
D
The temperature of the elevator traction means (for example, belts) has
exceeded the allowable operating temperature
C1:Too hot ambient air temperature (temperature in hoistway)
A1:Wait for cool down
C2:The temperature feedback signal (for example, KTHS) is faulty
A2:Check general wiring to temperature sensor
C3:The heat dissipation is not working
A3:Check operation of heat dissipation device (for example, fan or forced
ventilation) if present
00
0076
76 EL
ELEV
EVA ATOR C CAR
AR LIG
LIGHT
HT BRO
BROKE
KEN
N
The car light has broken. Recognized by the alarm button backlight which is
switched on continuously.
C1:The car light is broken.
A1:Replace car light and verify that the COP alarm button backlight, when
available, is properly switched off
C2:The car light sensor on COP is defective
A2:Check car light sensor on COP for proper working. Illuminating the
sensor should switch the alarm button backlight off, covering the sensor
should switch the alarm button backlight on.
C3:A light absorbing or dark car interior cladding has been installed after
commissioning and the available light is not enough to activate the sensor.
A3:If the car light condition is OK perform again a learning trip to check and
store the new working condition of the sensor. (if light is not enough the
error 0077 might be reported)
0077
0077 ELE
ELEVVATOR
TOR NO
NO CAR
CAR LIG
LIGHT
HT SEN
SENSOR
SOR
Car light sensor not detected
C1:During learning trip the COP car light sensor is reporting erratic values
or is reporting light switched off.
A1:Check proper working of car light. Check that the backlight of the COP
alarm button lights up when light sensor covered and switches off when
light sensor illuminated. If light is considered to be working correctly
ignore the error (the car light monitoring will remain disabled- no error 0076
will ever be generated)
00
0078
78 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR CAR
CAR LLIG
IGHT
HT OK
Whenever the controller notices that the car light is broken, it sends an
ELEVATOR CAR LIGHT BROKEN event. Once the light is working again, it
signals it with an ELEVATOR CAR LIGHT OK event.
C1:
00
0079
79 EL
ELEV
EVA
ATOR CAR
CAR BBLO
LOCK
CKED
ED *)
The car was blocked in down direction.
A1:Elevator recovers automatically from this error by user (or recall)
traveling in up-direction
0080
0080 ELE
ELEVVATOR
TOR CAR EMERG
EMERGENCENCY
Y EXIT MISU
MISUSE
SE DETEC
DETECTED
TED
The controller detects a misuse of the emergency exit trap.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code General M
Me
essages
00
0091
91 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR KKNE
NE D INT
INTER
ERRU
RUPT
PTED
ED
C1:The car has exceeded the hoistway end limit (for example, KNE_D)
(perform reset procedure)
adjusted
0099
099 DIAG
IAGNO
NOSSTIC C
CAL
ALLL **))
This (informative) error message is created when the logging of a diagnostics-
related message requires a call to TACC. It has to be used with some old
telemonitoring devices in order to be able to initiate the call to TACC.
C1:
*) The with *) marked error descriptions are not officially released by R&D. For further
information please contact your specialist or Hotline Locarno.
Code Car Do
Door M
Me
essages
0301 DOOR CLOSING
The door wasn't able to close successfully within a certain time limit. As a typical
ty pical
response a door recovery gets started (repetitive opening and closing of the
door).
C1:Door closed position feedback signal is faulty
A1:Check door closed position contact (for example, KET-S, if present and
not emulated, depending on door type) for dirt or bad mechanical
adjustment.Check general wiring door closed position contact.
C2:Door doesn't move or moves to slow
A2:Check for obstacle or dirt at door blades and guide rails.Check door
mechanism (broken load carrying element, mechanical coupling,
dirt).Check door motor power supply (fuses).
C3:Door close parameter set wrong
A3:Check door close parameter for correct setting
0302 DOOR OPENING
The door wasn't able to open successfully within a certain time limit. As a typical
response a door recovery gets started (repetitive closing and opening of the
door).
C1:Door opened position feedback signal is faulty
A1:Check door opened position contact (for example, KET-O, if present and
not emulated, depending on door type) for dirt or bad mechanical
adjustment.Check general wiring door opened position contact.
C2:See 0301
A2:See 0301
C3:See 0301
A3:See 0301
0303 DOOR MMAAX LO
LOCK T
TIM
IME
E
A door was for
for a too long
long period o
off time in locked position.
position. Note that
that monitoring
monitoring
the time the door is in locked position prevents the motor from burning. Note that
this error might occur while the car is moving slowly (for example, during learning
travel or emergency power recall travel)
C1:Parameter 'max door lock time' is set wrong
A1:Check corresponding parameter (CF03 PA07)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Car Do
Door M
Me
essages
0304 DOOR KSKB
The door wasn't able to close successfully due to an mechanical blockade. This
error occurs once if the door has tried to close for more than 50 times and the
closing got always aborted due to an activated door closing force limiter (KSKB).
The elevator gets blocked if this error appears too often within a certain time
period (typically 7 times in 3 hours = 350 attempts/3
attempts/3 h).
C1:Obstructions/barriers in the door zone or in the slit/gap
A1:Remove obstacle
C2:Door closing force limiter feedback signal KSKB is faulty
A2:Check contact KSKB for dirt or bad mechanical adjustment. Check
general wiring KSKB.
03
0312
12 DO
DOOR
OR CLO
CLOSESEDD WITH
WITH WRO
WRONGNG COM
COMMA MAND
ND *)
*)
C1:(1) No DOOR_CMD = DOOR_CLOSE/ DOOR_LOCK given (2) Door is not
reversing (3) KET_S gets active (4) doorState=stopped=motor off
A1:
– mismatched KET_S and KET_O
– the direction of the motor is wrong
– the door is reversed just before reaching KET_S but the door reaches
this contact because of inertia
– the motor can be connected invert
0313 DOOR SHASHAFFT ER
ERRROR
The subsystem door has received a door open command while the car is not
detected to be on floor. The command is rejected.
C1:Different causes
C2:Failure at door zone detection of hoistway information system
A2:Check door zone detection of hoistway information system
(for example, PHSx, mechanical
mechanical adjustment, defec
defective
tive sensor etc.)
0314
314 DOOR P PRE
RE--OPENI
PENIN
NG
There was an activation or deactivation failure of the door safety circuit bypass
device while the elevator was intended to perform a door pre-opening.
C1:Wiring of door safety circuit bypass device faulty
A1:Check general wiring of door safety circuit bypass device
C2:Door zone detection faulty
A2:Check door zone signals and sensors (for example, PHSx,
PHUETx).Check position of door unlocking zone indicators in hoistway (for
example, vanes on same level)
C3:Failure at door safety circuit (KTS, KTC) bypass device
A3:Replace PCB containing this bypass mechanism (for example, SUET)
03
0315
15 DOOR
DOOR NOT
NOT REC
RECOV
OVER
ERAB
ABLE
LE
The door wasn't able to recover from a door opening or door closing error
(typically after 20 repetitive opening and closing attempts). The elevator is
blocked.
C1:Door has a problem causing repetitive 'door opening' or 'door closing'
errors.
A1:Check why door cannot recover.Check errors 0301 and 0302 for cause
and actions.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Car Do
Door M
Me
essages
03
0316
16 DOO
DOOR HEAR
HEARTB
TBEA
EAT
T ERR
ERROR
OR
The communication to the door node respectively car node (controller) has
broken
C1:Door node respectively car node disconnected
A1:Reconnect node
C2:No or bad door node respectively car node power supply
A2:Check node power supply
A3:Check general data line connection.Check for correct data line
termination (if present) of all devices connected to the data bus.Check
shielding of data line (if present).Check for EMC disturbances.
C4:Door node respectively car node defective
A4:Replace corresponding node
03
0317
17 DO
DOOR
OR UNEX
UNEXPEPECT
CTED
ED STA
STATE
C1:If EC receives a door state sequence LOCKED -> CLOSED something is
wrong with the door subsystem.
A1:Check: power supply of SDIC for loose connection
C2:It triggers door heartbeat service and sets the SDIC in error state.
C3:Possible mismatch of SW-Versions.
03
0318
18 DO
DOOR
OR SDIC
SDIC HE
HEAR
ARTB
TBEA
EATT
C1:The SDIC is missing SCIC heartbeat and enters in error state.The SDIC
sends this message.
A1:Check CAN bus cable and CAN bus cable termination on all subsystems
(SCIC, SDIC, SEM, FC, COP).
A2:Possible mismatch of SW-Versions.
C3:Manual reset on SCIC / SCPU. This error occurs every time a manual
reset has been performed by the technician. (For some seconds the SDIC
does not receive the CAN bus signal anymore.)
A3:None
03
0333
33 DO
DOOR
OR D1 DOD
DOD DIP
DIP WRO
WRONG
This error does not apply to Schindler 3100/3300/5300
A1:Check: Door 1 DOD DIP switches configuration.
03
0334
34 DO
DOOR
OR D2 DOD
DOD DIP
DIP WRO
WRONG
This error does not apply to Schindler 3100/3300/5300
A1:Check: Door 2 DOD DIP switches configuration.
0335 DOOR KSPT
A1:Check: KSPT
03
0336
36 DO
DOOR
OR OVER
OVERTE
TEMP
MPER
ERAATU
TURE
RE
A1:Check: Door motor, Check: obstacles in door zone slit/ gap
03
0337
37 DO
DOOR
OR SUET
SUET BOAR
BOARD DD
DIS
ISCO
CONN
NNEC
ECTE
TED
D
A1:Check: SUET connection
0338
0338 DOO
DOORR SUET
SUET ERR
ERROR1
OR1 OVERB
OVERBRIDGI
RIDGING
NG ACTIV
ACTIVA
ATION UNSUC
UNSUCCESS
CESSFUL
FUL
A1:Check: SUET board

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Car Do
Door M
Me
essages
0339
0339 DO
DOOR
OR SUET
SUET ERRO
ERROR2
R2 OV
OVERB
ERBRID
RIDGIN
GING
G LOS
LOST
T
The elevator has recognized an unexpected deactivation of the door safety circuit
bypass. Note that this overbridging is activated during re-leveling or advanced
door opening (pre-opening).
C1:Door zone detection faulty
A1:Check door zone signals and sensors (for example, PHSx, PHUETx).
C2:A door safety circuit bypass feedback signal (for example, IUET, RFUET)
is faulty
A2:Check
SUET) general wiring at door safety circuit bypass device (for example,
C3:The car has unintentionally left the door zone while the door safety
circuit was bypassed
A3:Check why the car has left the door zone
C4:Failure at door safety circuit bypass device
A4:Replace corresponding device (for example, SUET)
0340 DOO
DOORR SUET
SUET ERR
ERROR3
OR3 OVER
OVERBRIDG
BRIDGING
ING DEACT
DEACTIV
IVA
ATION UNSUC
UNSUCCESS
CESSFUL
FUL
A1:Check: SUET board
03
0341
41 DO
DOOR
OR RPH
RPHT
T SIGN
SIGNAL
AL BLO
BLOCK
CKED
ED ACT
ACTIV
IVE
E
This error message is logged when the RPHT error counter reached its limit value
(for example, PPHT signal got active while the door was closed).
C1:Sticker on the photo cell
A1:Remove sticker
C2:Photo cell defect
A2:Check photo cell, replace it if necessary
0342
0342 DO
DOOR
OR RPHT
RPHT SIGN
SIGNAL
AL RECO
RECOVER
VERED ED NO
NORMA
RMAL L OPERA
OPERATIO
TION
N
The RPHT signal has recovered, the RPHT signal is inactive in the state door
closed
0343
0343 DOO
DOOR R SUET
SUET ERROR4
ERROR4 OVERBR
OVERBRIDGEIDGED
D WITHOU
WITHOUT T ACTIV
ACTIVA ATION *)
03
0344
44 DO
DOOR
OR RPH
RPHT
T SIGN
SIGNAL
AL BLO
BLOCK
CKED
ED INAC
INACTI
TIVE
VE
There was a failure of the door safety circuit bypass
Note: This bypass is activated during re leveling or advanced door opening (pre
opening)
0345
0345 DO
DOOR
OR DESTRU
DESTRUCTI CTIVE
VE OVERT
OVERTEMP
EMPERA
ERATURTURE E
The door drive (motor) has exceeded its the destructive over-temperature limit
0351
0351 DO
DOOR
OR POSITI
POSITIONON RECOV
RECOVER ERYY SUC
SUCCES
CESSFUSFULL
The door was able to recover from a position problem
03
0355
55 DO
DOOR
OR UNLO
UNLOCKCK MIS
MISUSUSEE DET
DETECECTE
TEDD
A misuse of the
the landing door
door is detec
detected
ted and not permitted:
permitted: elevator
elevator stops
stops any
activity. For Russia market. A manual intervention is required for bring back in
operation the elevator.
C1:Door lock monitoring signalize an error
A1:Check if nobody is in the shaft or on the car roof. Rearm the monitoring.
If the error appears again inspect correct closure of every landing door.
03
0364
64 DO
DOOROR DRIV
DRIVE E NO
NO POW
POWER
ER SUPP
SUPPLLY
The door is unavailable due to loss of power supply of the door drive
0366
0366 DO
DOOR
OR DRIV
DRIVE E INSPE
INSPECTI
CTION
ON MOD
MODE E ACTIV
ACTIVAATED
Door drive inspection mode is activated when not in inspection operation or
installation mode
03
0367
67 DO
DOOROR DRIV
DRIVEE INT
INTER
ERNA
NAL
LWWAR
ARNINING
NG
The door drive

operation, detected
possibly an internal
with reduced fault which permits to continue the door
performance

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
HEX DEC Error

0x09 09 Command unknown
0x0C 12 Wrong motion direction
0x20 32 KET-S2 failure
0x22 34 Motor over temperature
0x24 36 CAN messages too fast
0x28 40 NGT 24 VDC over 5 % limit
0x29 41 NGT 24 VDC under 5 % limit
0x3C 60 CAN he
heartbeat mi
missing ffrrom EC
EC
Door Drive Error Code
Code Door Drive Messages

03
0368
68 DO
DOOR
OR DRIV
DRIVEE INT
INTER
ERNA
NAL
LFFAI
AILU
LURE
RE
The door is unavailable due to a severe internal failure of the door drive
HEX DEC Error
0x2A 42 NGT 24 VDC over 10 % Limit
0x2B 43 NGT 24 VDC under 10 % Limit
0x23 35 Auto setup failed
0x31 49 Over current
0x32 50 Over voltage
0x33 51 Un
Unde
derr vo
volt
lta
age (sh
sho
ould neve
verr occ
ccu
ur)
0x37 55 Internal software
0x38 56 Software inte

terrnal parameter
0x39 57 Sensor position
0x3A 58 CAN overrun
0x3D 61 CAN Tx COB Id_Collision
0x3E 62 CAN PDO length too short
0x3F 63 CAN bus off
0x40 64 CAN Rx queue overflow
0x41 65 CAN Tx queue overflow
0x43 67 Position following
0x44 68 Hall sensor
0x45 69 Index processing
0x46 70 Encoder rre
esolution
0x4A 74 Hall angle detection
0x4B 75 Software position limit
0x4C 76 Position sensor breach
0x4D 77 System overloaded
VARIDOOR35 Error Codes
ID Possible causes of message Actions to be taken

1 0x2A 42
42 NG
NGTT 24 VDC over
over 10 % Limit
Limit Replace power supply
0x2B 43
43 NG
NGTT 24 VDC under
under 10 % Limit
Limit
Power supply voltage out of range
2 0x31 49 over current Run autosetup
Too high controller gains (velocity control
parameter set, position control
parameter set)
3 0x31 49 Over current  Run autosetup
Profile acceleration and/or deceleration  Reduce parameter 39_speed_close
too high and 40_speed open

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

4 0x32 50 Over voltage  Run autosetup
Too much energy is fed back from the  Reduce parameter 39_speed_close
motor during a deceleration phase and 40_speed open
5 0x32 50 Over voltage Replace power supply
The power supply is damaged
6 0x32 50 Over voltage  Check belt tension
Oscillation of the mechanical system  Run autosetup
(mass/belt) that leads to energy
pulsation of energy

7 0x38 56 Software internal parameter Check if a parameter was changed
Extreme motion profile parameters recently. If yes, change it back to its
default value
 Run autosetup
8 0x38 56 Software internal parameter  Set the parameter Nr. 169
At startup the parame
parameters
ters are cor
corrupted
rupted SetParamToDef to value
 Run autosetup
 If no success replace DDE-VD35
9 0x37 55 Internal software Restart door drive by plugging off POWT
An unknown
unknown event se sett the door drive to a and CANT (DOOR) on OKR
state where the determinate behavior of
the system cannot be guaranteed
anymore
10 0x39 57 Sensor position  Reset the DDE-VD35 by shortly
The DDE-VD-35 encoder has plugging off POWT and CANT
encountered an error (DOOR) on OKR

Run autosetup
11 0x3A 58 CAN overrun Check CAN cable2. Check CAN
Communication
12 0x3D 61 CAN Tx COB Id_Collision
13 0x3E 62 CAN PDO length too short
14 0x3F 63 CAN bus Off
15 0x40 64 CAN Rx queue overflow
16 0x41 65 CAN Tx queue overflow
17 0x43 67 Position following an obstacle Check for obstacles or blocking
that slows down or stops the door (only situations, challenge the application
possible if force limit detraction setting of KOKB, KSKB
KSKB/KOKB) is disabled
18 0x43 67 Position following too high Reduce parameter 39_speed_close and
acceleration/deacceleration 40_speed open
Code Car Do
Door M
Me
essages
03
0369
69 DO
DOOR
OR MAX
MAX O
OPE
PENI
NING
NG FOR
FORCE
CE EXC
EXCEE
EEDE
DED
D
The maximum door opening force was exceeded

1 The door opening is obstructed by an Check the doorway and remove any
obstacle obstacles or dirt
Code
Code Door
oor Con
onttact Messages
0370
0370 DO
DOOR
OR CON
CONT TACT END CCLOS
LOSING
ING CLO
CLOSED
SED BRI
BRIDGE
DGED
D
The contact end door closing-closed bridged (KET-S2) of the door is not open
when the door reaches the opened position
1 The wiring of the contact KET-S2 is not Check the wiring according to the
correct schematics. If found wrong, correct
2 The co
conntact
act K
KET
ET--S2 is ove
verrbrid
bridg
ged Rem
Remove ju
jum
mper

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Door
oor Locki
kin
ng Messages
0371
0371 DO
DOOR
OR LOCKI
LOCKING
NG UNLOCK
UNLOCKING
ING OBSTR
OBSTRUCT
UCTED
ED
The clutch locking respectively unlocking motion is obstructed
HEX DEC Error
0x25 37 Locked position failure
0x26 38 Locking jam
0x27 39 Unlocking jam
Error Code

1 Mech
Mechan
anic
ical
al b
blo
lock
ckag
age
eooff the
the clut
clutch
ch Chec
Check k tthe
he cl
clut
utch
ch's
's mech
mechan
anic
icaal c
con
ondiditi
tion
on..
Try to lock and unlock the door by means
of the HMI and examine the clutch
mechanically
2 An obstacle or foreign object inside the
the  Remove any foreign object obstacle
clutch obstructs the clutch mechanism from the path the clutch has to move
on
 Check the landing door lock
lock if it is
working properly
3 If locking/unlocking jam only:  Check the mechanical fitness of the
Increased friction due to ageing or clutch subsystem
damage of the mechanical components  If necessary, replace clutch
of the clutch subsystem.
4 If unlocking jam only: Check the landing door lock if it is
Blocked landing door lock working properly.
Code
Code Door
oor Con
onttact Messages
0373 DOO
DOORR CONT
CONTACT
ACT END CLOSING
CLOSING CSD NOT CLSG FREQ
FREQUENTL
UENTLY
Y
The contact end door closing-closed bridged (KET-S2) of the door did not close
several times in a row when the door reaches the closed position. After a power
cycle the door will not be functional

1 Learne
rned door enend positi
sitio
on wro
wrong Exe
xecu
cute
te an auto se
setu
tup
p of tth
he door
2 Mechanicall misalignment of the switch
Mechanica Check the mechanical adjustment of the
KET-S2 KET-S2 switch
3 Wi
Wiri
rin
ng fau
fault
lt of the
the K
KET
ET-S
-S22 swi
switc
tch
h Ver
erif
ify
y tthe
he wiri
wiring
ng an
and
d rep
repai
airr iiff n
nec
eces
essa
sary
ry
4 Broken KET-S2 switch Replace the KET-S2 switch
Code
Code Door
oor Con
onttact Messages
0374
0374 DO
DOOR
OR CONT
CONTACT
ACT END
END CLOS
CLOSING
ING R
RECO
ECOVER
VERY
Y SUC
SUCCES
CESS
S
The contact end door closing-closed (KET-S2) recovered from a failure
0375
375 DOOR F FIN
INAL
AL TIM
IMER
ER
The final timer function has been executed
Only valid for Japan’s country code

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Dri
rive
ve Sub
ubs
system
tem M
Me
essages
ges
04
0401
01 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SAFE
SAFETY
TY C
CHA
HAIN
IN IINT
NTER
ERRU
RUPT
PTED
ED
Safety circuit opened unexpected (for example, during trip)
C1:Any safety device has tripped (safety circuit opened)
A1:Check reason for tripping and resolve problem
adjusted
A2:Check general wiring safety circuit contacts
04
0402
02 E_
E_DR
DRIV
IVE_
E_TR
TRIP
IP_T
_TOO
OO_L_LON
ONGG
The car hasn't reached the intended destination floor within the legal time limit
(typically 45 s). This mechanism protects
protects the driving mechanics in case of a
blocked car. For example, at traction elevator, no damage of the ropes. For
example, at hydraulic elevator, no damage of hydraulic jack/valves.
C1:Car blocked or moving too slowly
A1:Check for object in shaft blocking the car.Check car for obstruction (too
much friction at guide rails).
C2:Drive blocked or turning too slowly
A2:Check if brake opens right.Check parameter nominal speed at drive.
C3:Shaft information signal(s) faulty
A3:Check shaft info wiring and it signals (PHS, KS/KS1,
KSE/KSE_U/KSE_D,
KSE/KSE_U/KSE_ D, ...)
.)
04
0403
03 DR
DRIV
IVE
E CON
CONTTAC
ACTOTORS
RS FEEDFEEDBA
BACK
CK
C1:One of the feedback inputs(1) did switch during traveling, or(2) did not
switch after starting, or(3) did not switch after stopping.
A1:Check: wiring. Check: for contactor fault or input fault in the circuit
associated with the input?
C2:Emergency stop?
04
0404
04 DR
DRIV
IVE
E DIR
DIREC
ECTI
TION
ON ERRO
ERROR R
C1:Wrong travel direction
A1:Check: wiring. Check: why the drive doesn't generate sufficient torque
C2:FA/ Open loop: Contactors feedback wrong
C3:Closed loop: tacho defective or motor not energized and car moves
slowly by unbalancing situation
C4:Drive doesn’t generate sufficient torque
04
0405
05 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SHAF
SHAFTT INF
INFOR
ORMA
MATI
TION
ON
A1:Check: CAN cable, Check: CAN wiring
04
0406
06 DR
DRIV
IVE
E OVER
OVERTE
TEMP
MPER
ERA
ATU
TURE
RE
Drive overtemperature detected
C1:Drive motor, hydraulic pump, hydraulic oil, or hoistway overtemperature
due too many trips per time unit or due to too hot ambient air temperature
(for example, direct sunlight at glass shaft)
C2:Drive overtemperature feedback signal KTHMH/KTHM is faulty
A2:Check thermal contacts KTHMH/KTHM for right operation. Check
general wiring KTHMH/KTHM.
C3:The ventilation (integrated fan at frequency converter or forced fan) is
not working
A3:Check power supply and mechanics of fan

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Dri
rive
ve Sub
ubs
system
tem M
Me
essages
ges
0407
0407 DRI
DRIVE
VE NOT READY
READY DURING
DURING ST
STAND
ANDST
STILL
ILL
The drive (frequency converter, open loop) got technically unavailable while the
car was standing still.
C1:Bad electrical connection from the drive frequency converter to the
elevator main contactors connection board (MCCE board) (Not applicable
for Schindler 3000)
A1:Check corresponding cables and connectors (for example, the drive
ready signal)
C2:General problem at the drive frequency converter
A2:Check the drive frequency converter local error log for detailed
diagnostics. Replace the frequency converter if necessary.
04
0408
08 DR
DRIV
IVE
E NOT
NOT READ
READY YDDUR
URIN
INGG TRI
TRIP
P
The drive (frequency converter, open loop) got technically unavailable while the
car was moving.
C1:See 0407
A1:See 0407
C2:See 0407
A2:See 0407
0409
0409 DRI
DRIVE
VE SPEED
SPEED LIMIT
LIMIT E
EXCE
XCEEDE
EDED
D IN STAND
STANDBY
BY
Every time before starting a new trip a consistency check of the signal indicating
low speed (typically at v < 0.3 m/s) coming from the drive frequen
frequencycy converter
(open loop) is performed. The error occurs if the signal is not active.
C1:Bad electrical
elevator connection
main contactors from theboard
connection drive (MCCE
frequency converter
board) to the
(Not applicable
for Schindler 3000)
A1:Check corresponding cables and connectors (for example, the drive
speed limit signal)
C2:Parameter 'speed limit' is set wrong
A2:Check parameter 'speed limit' at drive frequency converter
C3:See 0407
A3:See 0407.
0410 DRIVE SPEED LIMIT
LIMIT EXCEE
EXCEEDED
DED DURING SAFETYCH
SAFETYCHAIN
AIN BRIDG
BRIDGED
ED
While the car is landing on a floor the signal indicating low speed (typically at
v < 0.3 m/s) coming from the drive freq
frequency
uency converter
converter (open
(open loop)
loop) is expected
expected to
change once from inactive to active state. The error occurs if this signal has
changed once to active state and changes back again to inactive state (meaning:
The car speed has increased during landing). Note that the safety circuit at the
door is overbridged at this point of time. Note that the elevator can get blocked if
this error appears too many times within a specific period of time (typically
> 3 time
times
s in 1 hour
hour).
).
C1:See 0407
A1:See 0407
C2:Parameter 'speed limit' is set wrong
A2:Check parameter 'speed limit' at drive frequency converter
C3:Rope slip
A3:Check driving mechanics and traction
C4:See 0407, C2
A4:See 0407, A2

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Dri
rive
ve Sub
ubs
system
tem M
Me
essages
ges
041
0411 DRIVE
DRIVE MOTO
MOTORR RESIST
RESISTOR
OR CONNEC
CONNECTIO
TION
N
At least one of the dri
drive
ve motor resistor connecting devices, used
used for a smooth
smooth trip
start at two speed drives (resistor start-up), does not operate as expected.
C1:Any connecting device feedback signal (typically from contactor,
for example, SWSWAHA,
AHA, SWAFA)
SWAFA) is faulty
A1:Check general wiring to drive motor resistor/coil connecting devices
C2:Any connecting device (for example, SWAHA, SWAFA) is faulty
(for example, stuck contacts
contacts,, burned coil of cont
contactor)
actor)
A2:Replace corresponding connection device

0421
0421 DRI
DRIVE
VE BR
BRAKE
AKE MAX
MAX RE
RELEV
LEVEL
ELING
ING THRE
THRESHO
SHOLD
LD EX
EXCEE
CEEDED
DED
Too many consecutive relevelings in the same direction occurred, indicating a
slowly drifting car. A brake capability test is triggered.
0422
0422 DRI
DRIVE
VE BRA
BRAKE KE CAP
CAPABILIT
ABILITYY PERI
PERIODODICIC TEST
TEST DEL
DELA AYED
The brake capability
capability test has been delayed by 8 h due to higher prio services or
due to test conditions not met.
Shall be possible to check the reason of the delayed test:
 Load status ≥ 21 %
 Elevator status not in maintenance
 Traffic status
0423
0423 DRI
DRIVE
VE BR
BRAKE
AKE CAP
CAPABI
ABILIT
LITY
Y PERIOD
PERIODICIC TEST
TEST ABOR
ABORTED
TED
The brake capability
capability test has been postponed by 24 h because:
 Safety chain opened during test
 Internal drive error
 Test timeout
0430
0430 DRI
DRIVE
VE BR
BRAKE
AKE OPER
OPERA ATION
TION PART
PARTIAL
IAL FAIL
FAILURE
URE *)
*)
Partial failure detected at the mechanical drive brake
C1:Any brake position feedback signal (for example, KB/KB1) is faulty
A1:Check brake position sensors (for example, KB/KB1) for dirt. Check
general wiring of brake position sensors.
C2:The brake control circuit is faulty
A2:Check contactors controlling the brake (for example, SB, RB, SF).Check
general wiring to brake actuator.Check brake module if present (PCB).
C3:Brake operates only partially
A3:Check brake supply voltage
C4:The brake is mechanically bad adjusted
A4:Check for available field information. Replace brake if necessary.
0431
0431 DRI
DRIVE
VE BRA
BRAKE KE OPERA
OPERATIOTIONN FAT
FATAL FAIL
FAILURE
URE *)
*)
Fatal failure detected at the mechanical drive brake
C1:Any brake position feedback signal (for example, KB/KB1) is faulty
A1:Check brake position sensors (for example, KB/KB1) for dirt. Check
general wiring of brake position sensors.
C2:The brake control circuit is faulty
A2:Check contactors controlling the brake (for example, SB, RB, SF).Check
general wiring to brake actuator.Check brake module if present (PCB).
C3:See 0430
A3:See 0430
C4:See 0430
A4:See 0430
0436
0436 DRI
DRIVE
VE MO
MOTO
TORR TEMPER
TEMPERA
ATURE
TURE RECOVER
RECOVERY
Y SUCC
SUCCESS
ESSFUL
FUL
The car drive was able to recover from a temperature problem at the hoisting
machine

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Dri
rive
ve Sub
ubs
system
tem M
Me
essages
ges
0451
0451 DRI
DRIVE
VE BR
BRAKE
AKE SUPP
SUPPLLY VOL
VOLTAGE
AGE FAIL
FAILURE
URE
The elevator detected a supply voltage failure for the brake.
0452
0452 DRI
DRIVE
VE TTORQ
ORQUE UE CALI
CALIBRA
BRATIO
TIONN TIMEO
TIMEOUT UT *)
*)
04
0457
57 DR
DRIV
IVEE SOFT
SOFT STOP
STOP FFEE
EEDB
DBAC
ACKK WRON
WRONG G
This error is reported in case the soft stop feedback is not consistent.

1 MGB-T board disconnected Check soft stop cabling
2 Soft stop
stop functio
function
n enabled
enabled with
without
out har
hardwar
dware e Check
Check soft stop enable
enable param
parameter
eter
3 Soft stop hardware failure Replace soft stop hardware
Code
Code Dri
rive
ve Sub
ubs
system
tem M
Meessages
ges
04
0458
58 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOFT
SOFT STO
STOPP TRAN
TRANSI
SITI
TION
ON FAI
FAIL
L
This error is reported in case the soft stop is enabled or disabled and the
feedbacks do not change as expected.
0459
0459 DRI
DRIVE
VE SOFT
SOFT S STO
TOPP RECO
RECOVERVERY YFFAIL
AILURE
URE
This error is reported in case the soft stop recovery action fails.
0460
0460 DRI
DRIVE
VE SOFT
SOFT ST STOP
OP REC
RECOVE
OVERYRY SUC
SUCCESCESSS
This error is reported in case the soft stop recovery action is a success.
04
0461
61 DRIV
DRIVEE SOF
SOFT T ST
STOP LLOOST
This error is reported in case the soft stop circuitry is not anymore detected.
04
0462
62 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOFT
SOFT STOP
STOP DDIS
ISCO
CONN
NNECECTE
TED D
This error is reported in case the soft stop circuitry is disconnected and the
function is disabled.
0463
0463 DRI
DRIVE
VE SSOF
OFTT STOP
STOP TRAN
TRANSITSITIO
ION
N WHI
WHILELE DISA
DISABL BLED
ED
This error is reported in case the soft stop input changes state while the function
is disabled.
04
0464
64 DR
DRIVIVE
E SOFT
SOFT STOP
STOP DISA
DISABLBLED
ED
This error is reported in case the soft stop is disabled and parameter is set to
disabled.
04
0466
66 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOFT
SOFT STOP
STOP SSUP
UPPL
PLYY LOST
LOST
This error is reported in case the soft stop supply is lost.
04
0467
67 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOFT
SOFT STOP
STOP DOOR
DOOR TESTESTTFFAI
AILL
This error is reported in case the soft stop door HW test fails.
04
0468
68 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOFT
SOFT STOP
STOP IN
INSP
SP TES
TESTTFFAI
AILL
This error is reported in case the soft stop inspection HW test fails.
04
0469
69 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOFT
SOFT STOSTOP+
P+ FEE
FEEDB
DBACACKK WRON
WRONG G
This error is reported in case the soft stop+ feedback is not consistent.
04
0470
70 DR
DRIV
IVE
E SOF
SOFT T STO
STOP+
P+ UPS
UPS FAI
FAILL
The UPS reported a problem.
04
0499
99 DR
DRIV
IVEE UNKN
UNKNOW
OWN N ERRO
ERROR R
An unknown
unknown error was
was detected by the
the controller (for example,
example, unknown error of
the ACVF was detected)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Car Load Ce
Cell
ll Messages
ges
1101 CLC
CLC NNO
OFFRE
REQQUE
UEN
NCY
No frequency from the car load measuring device
C1:No connection to the car load measuring device
A1:Check connections and general wiring to the car load measuring device
(for example, CLC)
C2:Malfunction of the car load measuring device
A2:Replace the car load measuring device (for example, CLC)
C3:Malfunction of the car load signal receiving stage
A3:Replace corresponding PCB (for example, SDIC)
1102 CLC
CLC W
WRRONG VALUE
ALUE
The signal from the car load measuring device is present but invalid (for example,
signal out of range)
C1:The car load measuring device is mechanically bad adjusted
A1:Check mechanical fixation of the car load measuring device
A2:Check general wiring to the car load measuring device.Check for EMC
disturbances.
A3:Replace the car load measuring device (for example, CLC)
1103
103 CLC
CLC CA
CALILIBR
BRA
ATIO
IONN ERRO
ERROR R
C1:Car load cell: during the calibration procedure an error occurred
A1:Check: CLC wiring. Check: proper fixation of CLC. Check:
parametrization of CLC. Redo: CLC calibration. Replace: CLC
1104 CLC
CLC O
OVVERBR
ERBRID IDG
GED
C1:DIP switch 1 on SCIC board in ON position (car load cell deactivated)
A1:Check: Switch off DIP switch 1 on SCIC board. Check: HMI (LDU) menu
107
1105
105 CLC
CLC N
NO
O CALI
CALIBR
BRAATI
TION
ON *)
*)
The calibration of the CLC is not yet done.
1106 CLC OPER
OPERA ATION NOT SUPPORTE
SUPPORTED D IN CURRENT
CURRENT ST
STATE
It's not possible to display the current car load on the user interface (LDU) while
entering the configuration menus CF95, CF98 or CF99.
C1:The car load measuring device is not calibrated
A1:Calibrate the car load measuring device
1107 CLC OPER
OPERA ATION NOT SUPPORTE
SUPPORTED D IN ERROR_ST
ERROR_STA
ATE
It's not possible to display the current car load on the user interface (LDU) while
entering the configuration menus CF95, CF98 or CF99.
C1:The car load measuring device is in error state (not working)
A1:Check error log for previous reported car load measuring device errors.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Car Load Ce
Cell
ll Messages
ges
1108 CLC
CLC OUT OF RANG
RANGEE
The signal from the car load measuring device is present but invalid (for example,
signal out of range)
C2:The parameter car load measuring device type is set wrong and does
not correspond with the actual mounted car load measuring device
A2:Check parameter car load measuring device type for correct setting
(for example, CF08 P
PA08)
A08)
A3:Check general wiring to the car load measuring device.Check shielding
(if present).Check power supply of car load measuring device.
A4:Replace the car load measuring device
1109 CLC CALIB
CALIBRA
RATION
TION ZERO LOAD FREQUENCY
FREQUENCY OUT OF RANGE
RANGE
The zero car load calibration has failed due to invalid signal (frequency) from the
car load measuring system
C2:The parameter car load measuring device type is set wrong and does
not correspond with the actual mounted car load measuring device
A2:Check parameter car load measuring device type for correct setting
(for example, CF08 P
PA08)
A08)
disturbances.
C4:Incorrect working procedure while calibrating the car load measuring
device
A4:Check for correct working procedure (for example, correct weight in car)
1110 CLC CALIB
CALIBRA
RATION
TION REFERENCE
REFERENCE LOAD FREQUENC
FREQUENCY
Y OUT OF RANGE
RANGE
The reference car load calibration has failed due to invalid signal (frequency) from
the car load measuring system
disturbances.
C3:Incorrect working procedure while calibrating the car load measuring
device
A3:Check for correct working procedure (for example, correct weight in car)
1111
111 CLC CALIB
CALIBRA
RATION
TION REFERENCE
REFERENCE LOAD WEIGHT
WEIGHT O
OUT
UT OF
OF RANGE
RANGE
C1:Wrong reference load weight entered.
A1:Check: Reference load weight value. Redo: CLC calibration/
configuration

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Car Load Ce
Cell
ll Messages
ges
1112
112 CLC CAL
CALIBR
IBRA ATION
TION SLO
SLOPE
PE OUT
OUT OF RANGE
RANGE
C1:The car load measuring device is adjusted mechanically incorrectly.
A1:Check mechanical fixation of the car load measuring device. Redo: CLC
calibration/ configuration
A2:Check and replace the car load measuring device. Redo: CLC
calibration/ configuration
1113 CLC CALIB
CALIBRARATION
TION RATED
RATED LOAD WEIGHT
WEIGHT OOUT
UT OF RRANGE
ANGE
A1:Check: Rated load weight configuration file
1133
133 LMS
LMS M
MUL
ULTI
TIPL
PLE
ESSOU
OURC
RCEE
Due to wrong configuration more than one source of load is provided to the
controller (two frequencies or two open contacts)
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
1501 FC OVE
VERC
RCUURR
RRE
ENT
The maximum current limit on one or more drive inverter output phases to the
drive motor has exceeded
C1:Short circuit in the motor cables or motor windings
A1:Check power wires and connectors between drive inverter and drive
motor.Check motor for short circuit at windings.
C2:Driving mechanics inhibited or blocked
A2:Check driving mechanics for blocking (for example, gear at geared
drive, oiling) Check brake for proper opening.
C3:Sudden heavy load increase
A3:Check for impermissible loading
C4:Drive parameter setting
A4:Check drive parameter and compare with motor type and its data
C5:Unsuitable drive motor
A5:Check drive motor for correct dimensioning in the elevator system
1502
502 FC OV
OVER
ERVVOLTAGE *)
Overvoltage at the drive inverter internal DC link detected
C1:Deceleration is too high
A1:Adjust the deceleration (proposal 0.5m/s2)
C2:High over-voltage spikes at mains
A2:Check mains voltage for disturbances and tolerances
C3:Drive inverter electronics failure
A3:Replace drive inverter
1503 FC EA
EAR
RTH FAULT
ULT
The sum of the phase currents of the drive inverter output to the drive motor is not
equal zero
C1:Earth fault
A1:Check power wires (insulation) to the motor. Check motor for short-
circuit at motor windings
C2:Creeping current
A2:Check power wires (insulation) to the motor. Check motor for short-
circuit at motor windings

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncyy Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1504
04 FC IN
INVE
VERT
RTER
ER FAUL
AULT
C1:Vacon frequency converter has detected faulty operation in the gate
drivers or IGBT bridge - interference fault (EMC)- component failure
A1:- Reset the fault and restart. If the fault occurs again replace frequency
converter.
15
1505
05 FC CH
CHAR
ARGI
GING
NG CONT
CONTACACTTOR
The drive inverter has detected a operation failure at the internal DC link
C1:EMC disturbances
A1:Release elevator from blocking state (reset)
C2:Drive inverter internal component (for example, charging contactor)
defective
15
1506
06 FC MC CURN
CURNT T NO
NOT T ZE
ZERO
RO
The motor current at standstill is not zero
15
1509
09 FC UN
UNDE
DER RVOL
VOLTAGE
AGE
Undervoltage at the drive inverter internal DC link detected
C1:Failure of the mains supply
A1:Check mains voltage for disturbances (short breaks) and tolerances
C2:Automatic evacuation was running
A2:None, normal behavior
C3:Drive inverter electronics failure

15
1510
10 FC IN
INPU
PUT
T LINE
LINE SUPE
SUPERVRVIS
ISIO
ION
N
At least one phase
phase of the d
drive
rive power supply is missing
missing or insufficient
insufficient
C1:No power supply
A1:Check general wiring (connections).Check fuses.
C2:Disturbed power supply
A2:Check for other power consumers (for example, powered by the same
line) which are decreasing the quality of the drive's power supply
15
151
11 FC OU
OUTP
TPUT
UT LINE
LINE SUPE
SUPERVRVIS
ISIO
ION
N
No current detected at one or more drive inverter output phases to the motor
C1:Power connection between drive inverter and drive motor bad or
missing
A1:Check power wires and connectors between drive inverter and drive
motor
15
1512
12 FC BR
BRAK
AKE
ECCHO
HOPP
PPER
ER SUPE
SUPERVRVIS
ISIO
ION
N
The braking chopper at the drive inverter is not working correctly
C1:The brake resistor is not installed correctly
A1:Check presence and wiring of brake resistor
C2:The brake resistor is broken
A2:Replace brake resistor
C3:The brake chopper is broken
A3:Replace drive inverter (FC)
1513
1513 FC CON
CONVER
VERTER
TER UNDER
UNDER TEMPER
TEMPERA ATURE
TURE
C1:Temperature of heat sink below 10C
A1:none

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1514
14 FC CO
CONV
NVER
ERTE
TER
R OVE
OVERT RTEM
EMPE
PERA
RATU
TURE
RE
C1:Temperature of heatsink over +75C
A1:Check: cooling air flow. Check: that sink is not dirty. Check: ambient
temperature. Check: that switching frequency is not too high compared
with ambient temperature and motor load
1515
515 FC M
MOOTOR SSTTALLE
ALLEDD
The load on the drive motor is too high (detected by current measurement on
drive inverter output)
C1:Driving mechanics inhibited or blocked

A1:Check driving mechanics for blocking (for example, gear at geared
drive, oiling). Check brake for proper opening.
C2:Sudden heavy load increase
A2:Check for impermissible loading
15
1516
16 FC MO
MOTO
TORR OVE
OVERT
RTEM
EMPEPERA
RATU
TURE
RE
C1:The Vacon frequency converter motor temperature model has detected
motor overheat- motor is overloaded
A1:Check the THMH sensor on the ACVF. Check the cable connection.
Verify the sensor is KTY type. Check: Decrease motor load. Check: the
temperature model parameters if the motor was not overheated
15
1517
17 FC MO
MOT TOR UNDE
UNDERLRLOOAD
The load on the drive motor is too low (detected by current measurement on drive
inverter output)
C1:Driving mechanics broken

A1:Check driving mechanics for breakage (for example, gear at geared
drive, ropes, etc.)
15
1518
18 FC ANANAL
ALOG
OGUE
UE IN
INPU
PUT
T FAU
FAUL
LT
C1:
– Wrong analogue input polarity
– Component failure on control board
– Irrelevant for Schindler Closed Loop application
A1:Check: polarity of the analogue input, Check: replace frequency
converter
15
1519
19 FC O
OPT
PTIO
IONN BOA
BOARD
RD ID
IDEN
ENTI
TIFI
FICA
CATI
TION
ON
C1:Reading the frequency converter option board has failed
A1:Check: installation, if installation is correct replace frequency converter.
15
1520
20 FC 10
10V
V SUP
SUPPL
PLYY REF
REFERERENENCECE
C1:+ 10 V reference shorted on control board or option board

A1:Check: the cabling from +10V reference voltage
1521 FC 2
24
4V SU
SUPPLY
C1:+ 24 V reference shorted on control board or option board
A1:Check: the cabling from +24V reference voltage
1522 FC EEPROM
C1:Parameter restoring error- interference fault- component failure
A1:Check: when fault is reset the Vacon frequency converter will
automatically load parameter default settings.
A2:Check: all costumer- specific parameter settings after confirmation and
if necessary reload them.
A3:Check: if the fault occurs again replace converter

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
1523 FC CHECKSUM
C1:See 1522
A1:See 1522
A2:Check: all parameter settings after reset.
A3:Check: if the fault occurs again replace frequency converter.
15
1525
25 FC MI
MICR
CROP
OPRO
ROCECESSSSOR
OR WA
WATCHD
TCHDOGOG
C1:- FC Microprocessor hangup- interference fault- component failure
A1:Check: reset the fault and restart. Check: if fault occurs again replace
frequency converter
15
1526
26 FC PAN
ANEL
EL COMM
COMMUN UNIC
ICA
ATION
TION
C1:The connection between panel and the Vacon frequency converter is not no t
working
A1:Check: the panel- FC interface cable
15
1527
27 FC COCOMMMMUNUNIC
ICA
ATI
TION
ON ERRO
ERROR R
An error of internal communicatio
communicationn of the drive inverter has
has occurred
 Internal serial communication error
 Internal CAN communication error
1528 FC MC CU CURRNT DIFIFF
F
The control deviation of the current controller exceeds the supervisor parameter
is_diff_lim
15
1529
29 FC THTHERERMI
MIST
STOR
OR PROT
PROTECECTI
TION
ON
C1:- Thermistor input of the I/O-expander board has detected increase of
the motor temperature- Irrelevant for Schindler Closed Loop application
A1:Check: motor cooling and loading. Check: thermistor connection (if
thermistor input of the expander board is not in use, it has to be bridged)
15
1531
31 FC ENC
ENCOD
ODERER PUL
PULSESE MMIS
ISSI
SING
NG
Invalid signal from the drive motor encoder
C1:Encoder signal is faulty
A1:Check general wiring to the encoder
C2:Encoder signal is noisy
A2:Check encoder signals for right termination (terminating resistor)
C3:Encoder signal receiving stage defective
A3:Replace electronics (for example, option board or even entire drive
inverter) of corresponding device
C4:Encoder defective
A4:Replace encoder
C5:Drive Parameter set wrong
A5:Check drive parameter (for example, nominal frequency, impulse ratio
etc.)
C6:The rotation direction signaled by the encoder (differential inputs) is
contrary to the drive motor mains phase sequence
A6:Change encoder direction parameter (CF 16, PA 14)
15
1532
32 FC EN
ENCO
CODE
DERR DIR
DIREC
ECTI
TIOON *)
Wrong rotation direction signal from the drive motor encoder
C1:The rotation direction signaled by the drive motor encoder (differential
inputs) is contrary to the drive motor mains phase sequence
A1:Change encoder direction parameter (CF 16, PA 14)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1533
33 FC SP
SPEE
EEDD SUP
SUPER
ERVI
VISI
SION
ON
Too high difference between reference and actual car drive motor speed. The
actual speed is derived from the incremental encoder information.
C1:Driving mechanics inhibited or even blocked
A1:Check brake for proper opening.Check driving mechanics for blocking
(for example, gear at geared drive, oiling).Check for bad weight balancing
of car and CWT.
C2:Motor or motor encoder parameter set wrong or speed limit parameter
set too narrow
A2:Change corresponding parameter accordingly. Note that at some drives
there are several limits dedicated for the different speeds like inspection
speed, evacuation speed, etc. (for example, shaft speed limit/time, shaft
service speed limit/time)
C3:Malfunction of drive motor rotation encoder
A3:Replace the encoder.
15
1536
36 FC AN
ANAL
ALOG
OG IN
INPU
PUTT UND
UNDERER CURR
CURREN
ENT T
C1:The current in the analog input line is below 4 mA.Signal source has
failed.Control cable is broken.
A1:Check: mechanical break. Check: check the motor is not running on the
current limit.Check: Increase Parameter 11.8 SpeedErrorLim without
surpassing 1/3 of rated output frequency.
15
1537
37 FC L
LNN CH
CHOK
OKE E OVE
OVERT
RTEMEMPE
PERA
RATU
TURE
RE
Over temperature of line choke
1538 FC FAN ERROR
The fan of the inverter is not running
15
1541
41 FC EX
EXTE
TERNRNAL
AL FAU
AULLT
C1:Fault is detected from external fault digital input
A1:Check: the external fault circuit or device.
1542 FC T
TOO
OO H
HIGH
IGH OR TOO
TOO LOW
LOW SPEED
SPEED AT T TARGE
ARGET T PHSx
PHSx RISING
RISING
Too high respectively too low car speed detected while the car is landing on floor
C1:Malfunction of car position detection
A1:Check hoistway information system (for example, vanes, PHS)
C2:Bad balancing of car and CWT
A2:Check balancing according instruction manual (TK)
C3:Too high traction slip
A3:Check traction means for enough friction
C4:Wear of traction means
A4:Check traction means for wear
15
154
44 FC WRWRON
ONG
G PHS
PHSx x SEQ
SEQUE
UENCNCEE
C1:FC has received a wrong PHSx logical signal sequence from the car
processor - first PHSx is rising, last PHSx- rising missing- too rising or too
falling PHSx signals one after each other has been received
A1:Check: Car HW/ SW errors. Check: PHS light barriersCheck: PHS 1/2
supply. Check: EMI. Check: floor (level) flags
C2:Car processor (SDIC) logical error
A2:Check: PHS sensors and distances to floor level flags. Check: 24 V
supply. Check: SDIC wiring. Check: SDIC board
15
1545
45 FC PF MI
MISS
SSIN
ING
G CAN
CAN AFE
AFE INU
INU
Missing internal CAN connection

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1548
48 FC M
MOT
OTOR
OR CUR
CURRE
RENTNT SUP
SUPER
ERVI
VISI
SION
ON
C1:Motor current (in one or more phases) below expected value
A1:Check: wiring between FC and output contactors, main contacts. Check:
main contactors, main contacts. Check: wiring between output contactors
and motor. Check: motor
1551 FC S
SP
PEED
EED RE
REFERE
ERENCE
NCE
C1:Trying to change speed on the fly is not accepted by the FC. FC initiates
an emergency stop.
A1:Check: SCIC (S00x) software version (Logical error)

C2:Elevator controller (EC) logical error.(new speed level= ZERO,
EVACUATION or UNKNOWN)
1554
1554 FC BRA
BRAKIN
KINGG RE
RESIS
SISTO
TOR R OVERT
OVERTEMEMPER
PERA ATURE
TURE
C1:FC (Close Loop) Braking resistor overtemperature
A1:Check: Brake resistor temperature, wiring and/or the bi-metal itself
1555 FC H
HE
EARTBEAT
The drive node has recognized a lost of communication to the elevator main
control. Note that this error mainly occurs together with other errors. Please
check message log first for other reported errors.
C1:Drive node disconnected (for example, CAN bus)
A1:Reconnect node
C2:Data transmission faulty (for example, CAN bus)
termination (jumpers and switches, if present) of all devices (PCBs)
connected to the data bus.Check shielding of data line (if present).Check
for EMC disturbances.
C3:No or bad power supply of elevator main control
A3:Check power supply
C4:Elevator main control defective
A4:Replace corresponding hardware

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
1556
1556 FC OU
OUTPU
TPUTT CONT
CONTACT
ACTORSORS SSUPE
UPERV
RVISO
ISOR
R PERSIS
PERSISTEN
TENT
T
One or more drive main contactor does not operate as expected.
C1:The contactor feedback signal is faulty
A1:Check on the service interface menu (for example, 723 or 30623) for the
state of the contactor feedback signal.Check general wiring of contactor
feedback signal (for example, to DIN1 and DIN2 of drive) Perform a manual
reset respectively perform the persistent fatal error reset procedure to set
the elevator back in operation.
C2:A contactor is defective (for example, contacts stuck together)
A2:Replace defective contactor (for example, SFx, SHx, SB). Perform a
manual reset respectively perform the persistent fatal error reset procedure
to set the elevator back in operation.
C3:The contactor control electronics is defective
A3:Replace defective electronics (PCB, for example, MCCE). Perform a
manual reset respectively perform the persistent fatal error reset procedure
to set the elevator back in operation.
C4:Some drive types do not have a dedicated logical input (HW) reflecting
the state of the safety circuit which is used to determine a failure at one of
the drive main contactors. These drives
dri ves are informed by a data telegram (for
example, CAN) from the elevator main control about the state of the safety
circuit. The safety circuit has opened but the mentioned telegram was not
transferred.
termination (if present) of all devices connected to the data bus.Check
shielding of data line (if present).Perform a manual reset respectively
perform the persistent fatal error reset procedure to set the elevator back in
operation.
1557
1557 FC OU
OUTPU
TPUTT CONT
CONTACTACTORS
ORS SUPER
SUPERVISVISOR
OR
One or more drive main contactor does not operate as expected. Note that this
error message might be logged at certain drive types after opening of the safety
circuit. In this case no real contactor error exists unless it is confirmed by
subsequent logging of error 1556.
C1:Safety circuit has opened
A1:When the safety circuit has opened unexpectedly check elevator
message log for previous reported messages in order to identify the root
cause of the problem
C2:The contactor feedback signal is faulty
A2:Check on the service interface menu (for example, 723 or 30623) for the
state of the contactor feedback signal.Check general wiring of contactor
feedback signal (for example, to DIN1 and DIN2 of drive)
C3:A contactor is defective (for example, contacts stuck together)
A3:Replace defective contactor (for example, SFx, SHx)
15
1558
58 FC IN
INTE
TERN
RNAL
AL SK ERRO
ERROR R
SK_Mon does not match the L_SK. (STEP only).

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncyy Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1559
59 FC POS
POSIT
ITIO
ION
N CORR
CORREC ECTITION
ON
C1:Too high position correction error requested by the EC.FC initiates an
stop.
A1:Check: Par. 11.2 PosCorrectLim and s-curve parameters (max. jerks,
max. acceleration, rated speed).
C2:Too high jerk and/ or acceleration values are used. (Par. 1.10, 1.11, 4.2,
4.3, 4.10...4.13).
4.10...4.13).
A2:Check: for the closed loop application the max. values for Par. 1.10, 1.11,
4.2, 4.3 ropes

C3:Car 4.10...4.13), that limit
slips over is imposed
the traction by the mechanics
pulley
A3:Check: elevator mechanics (brake, ropes, pulley, etc.)
C4:EC shaft image
15
1564
64 FC ME
MECH
CHAN
ANICICAL
AL BR
BRAK
AKE
E KBKB
KBKB1 1
Failure of brake, detected at brake contact KB/KB1.
C1:The brake position feedback signal(s) KB/KB1 is/are faulty
A1:Check brake contact(s) KB/KB1 for dirt. Check general wiring KB/KB1.
C2:Brake opens only partially
A3:Replace brake
15
1565
65 FC ME
MECH
CHANANIC
ICAL
AL BR
BRAKAKEE KB
KB2 2
Failure of brake, detected at brake contact KB2
15
1566
66 FC P
PER
ERIO
IODI
DIC
C BRAK
BRAKE
ETTES
EST
T FAI
FAILE
LED
D
Periodic brake capability test failed or brake capability test triggered by excessive
releveling failed.
The recovery from this fatal error requires clearing by setting the special
command 164 to "1", followed by an elevator controller reset.
1567
567 FC STAN
ANDS
DSTTILL
ILL
The drive inverter has detected a drive motor movement while it should be in
standstill (brake in closed position)
C1:Drive brake does not close correctly
A1:Check drive
drive brake (fo
(forr example, te
temperature
mperature too high)
C2:Encoder signal is faulty
A2:Check general
general wiring to the encode
encoder
r
C3:Encoder signal receiving stage defective
A3:Replace electronics (for example, option board or even
even entire
entire drive inverter) of
corresponding device
C4:Encoderr defective
C4:Encode
A4:Replace encoder
encoder
The recovery from this fatal error requires clearing by setting the special
command 164 to "1", followed by an elevator controller reset.
15
1568
68 FC MMEC
ECHA
HANI
NICA
CALL BR
BRAK
AKE E PE
PERS
RSISISTE
TENT
NT
This error occurs if the drive has reported a KB/KB1 failure and the safety circuit
does not open in consequence. This is an inconsistent and dangerous situation
which would allow driving the car with a faulty break. The elevator is blocked.
C1:Invalid drive frequency converter (FC) software installed
A1:Update software of drive frequency converter (FC) and the
corresponding software on the elevator main controller (SCIC) (Contact
first R&D Locarno or a specialist.)
1569 FC UF CURVE

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1570
70 FC ME
MECH
CHAN
ANIC
ICAL
AL BR
BRAKAKEEKKBB
Failure of brake, detected at brake contact KB.
C1:The brake position feedback signal KB is faulty
A1:Check brake contact KB for dirt.Check general wiring KB.
A3:Replace brake
15
1571
71 FC ME
MECH
CHAN
ANIC
ICAL
AL BR
BRAK
AKE
E KB
KB1
1
Failure of brake, detected at brake contact KB1.
C1:The brake position feedback signal KB1 is faulty
A1:Check brake contact KB1 for dirt. Check general wiring KB1.
A3:Replace brake
1572
1572 FC ME
MECHA
CHANIC
NICAL
AL BR
BRAKE
AKE KB
KBKB1
KB1 PERSI
PERSIST
STENT
ENT F
FA
ATAL
Too many brake failures (KB and KB1) have occurred within a certain limit of trips
(typically > 3 failures/100
failures/100 trips). The elevator
elevator is blocked.
C1:Brake power is missing
A1:Check general wiring of brake power circuit
C2:The brake position feedback signals KB and KB1 are faulty
A2:Check on the service interface menu (for example, 724 or 30624) the
states of the brake position feedback signals.Check brake contacts KB and
KB1 for dirt.Check general wiring KB and KB1.
A4:Replace brake
1573
1573 FC M
MECH
ECHANI
ANICAL
CAL BRA
BRAKE
KE KB PERSIS
PERSISTEN
TENT
TFFA
ATAL
Too many brake failures (KB) have occurred within a certain limit of trips
(typical
(typically
ly > 3 failures
failures/100
/100 trip
trips).
s). The elevat
elevator
or is blocked.
blocked.
C1..C4: See error 1572 (applied for KB)
A1..A4: See error 1572 (applied for KB)
1574
1574 FC ME
MECHA
CHANIC
NICALAL BR
BRAKE
AKE K KB1
B1 PERSI
PERSISTE
STENTNT FFA
ATAL
Too many brake failures (KB1) have occurred within a certain limit of trips
(typically > 3 failures/100
failures/100 trips). The elevator
elevator is blocked.
C1..C4: See error 1572 (applied for KB1)
A1..A4: See error 1572 (applied for KB1)

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1575
75 FC WR
WROONG PHN
PHNRx
Rx SEQU
SEQUEN ENCE
CE
The drive frequency converter received a inconsistent relevel zone signal
sequence from the shaft information system (for example, two times rising edge
from PHNR_U or PHNR_D).
C1:Bad alignment of the PHNR_U/PHNR_D sensors
A1:Check positions of the PHNR_U/PHNR_D sensors
C2:Dirt on vanes
A2:Clean the vanes in the hoistway
C3:Bad signals through external light source
A3:Check proper shielding from sunlight (glass shaft)
C4:Communication problem, EMC
A4:Check communication on CAN bus (SDIC, SCIC)
1576
1576 FC REL
RELEVE
EVELIN
LING
G DIST
DISTANCE
ANCE EXC
EXCEED
EEDED
ED
The drive frequency converter (FC) wasn't able to level the car on the floor
because the maximum relevel distance was exceeded.
C1:Parameter 'max releveling distance' is set wrong
A1:Check parameter 'max releveling distance' at drive frequency converter.
The value should be 1.3 to 1.5 times bigger than the maximum allowed rope
elongation at the specific installation.
C2:Bad alignment/position of the PHNR_U/PHNR_D sensors
A2:Check positions of the PHNR_U/PHNR_D sensors. Check that the
displacement of the releveling sensors (PHNR_U/PHNR_D) is according to
the schematics. They should be inactive when the car is about 15 mm
below or above floor level.
15
1577
77 FC RP
RPMM ID
IDEN
ENTT STO
STOPP
PPEDED
The learning procedure of the drive motor revolution parameter (RPM) was
aborted.
C1:The fitter has cancelled the learning procedure by interaction on the
user interface
A1:None
C2:Mal manipulation by the fitter. Two consecutive trips in the same
direction have been initiated.
A2:Follow instruction J42101241 (V3 or later) 'Biodyn XX C/P BR
Commissioning'
Commissionin g' or TK.
C3:The safety circuit has opened unexpectedly
A3:Check where safety circuit was opened. Get rid of the Problem. Restart
the drive motor revolution parameter learning procedure.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
15
1578
78 FC RP
RPM
M ID
IDEN
ENT
T FAILE
AILED D
The learning procedure of the drive motor revolution parameter (RPM) wasn't
successful. It was aborted after 10 consecutive trip cycles (travel up and down).
Note that no parameter will be overwritten.
C1:manipulation by the fitter. Different destinations per travel direction
entered during the learning procedure.
Commissioning'
C2:Wrong initialprocedure.
for the learning value of drive motor revolution parameter (CF16 PA38) set
Commissioning'
C3:The learning procedure wasn't able to bring the delta trip time
(difference of the time measured at a trip in up and down direction) lower
than a specific limit.
Commissioning'
C4:The learning procedure wasn't able to bring the delta nominal speed
(difference of the measured actual car speed compared with the reference
car speed) lower than a specific limit.
Commissioning'
15
157
79 FC ID
IDEN
ENTT LOW
LOW TORQU
ORQUE E
The learning procedure of the drive motor revolution parameter (RPM) has failed.
It was aborted after one test cycle (travel up and down) because the needed
torque measured by the system is not present. Note that no parameter will be
overwritten.
C1:Bad car balancing or bad absence of general mechanical friction
(system with low efficiency)
A1:Load car with nominal load. Restart the drive motor revolution
parameter learning procedure.
1580 FC LC CUR
URNTNT DIFF
IFF
The control deviation of the mains current controller exceeds the supervisor
parameter im_diff_lim.
15
1581
81 FC IG
IGBT
BT OV
OVERERTE
TEMP
MPERERA ATU
TURE
RE
Over temperature of the IGBT power module
15
1582
82 FC MC CURN
CURNT TS SUM
UM FAILU
AILURE
RE
Current sum failure
15
1589
89 FC M
MIS
ISSI
SING
NG SAF
SAFET
ETY
Y CH
CHAI
AIN
N SUPP
SUPPL
LY
During or while starting a trip (while the motor and brake contactors are activated)
the drive has detected a interrupted safety circuit
C1:Safety circuit signal is faulty
A1:Check safety circuit wiring between elevator control and drive
C2:The trip was started before the door has finished bouncing after
reaching the closed position
A2:Increase parameter start delay (menu CF 03)
C3:JEM on PEBO (SNGL, SEM) is on wrong position
A3:Switch JEM to position OFF
1593
1593 FC N
NON
ON DDET
ETERM
ERMINA
INABLE
BLE PERS
PERS AT
AT ST
START
ARTUP
UP
The persistent error from FC has been lost due to startup sequence
1594 FC HW ERROR
HW failure of the converter detected

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Err
Error
or Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
1595
595 FC HW MIS
ISM
MATCH
The configuration does not match with recognized hardware
1596 FC SW WARNING
The software detected an exceptional behavior of the SW or the HW
1597
597 FC MEMO
MOR RY ERRO
RROR
Incorrect memory access
15
1598
98 FC PPAR
ARAM
AMET
ETER
ER IINC
NCON
ONSISIST
STEN
ENCY
CY
Parameter values out of range.

15
1599
99 FC IINV
NVER
ERTE
TERR IN
INTE
TERN
RNALAL FAI
AILU
LURE
RE
The drive inverter has an internal problem. See extra info for more information
drive internal error code. See corresponding drive manual
Code SEM Messages
16
1601
01 SEM
SEM GENE
GENERARALL ER
ERRO
ROR R *)
*)
Code
Code Ch
Chip
ip Ca
Card
rd (SIM
(SIM ca
card
rd)) M
Mes
essa
sage
ges
s
19
1901
01 CH
CHIP
IP CARD
CARD WRWRON
ONGG DEV
DEVIC
ICE
E
The elevator main controller has a software internal problem accessing the SIM
card
C1:Internal elevator main controller software error
A1:Upgrade elevator main controller software (SCIC)
19
1902
02 CH
CHIP
IP CARD
CARD FILE
FILE NOT
NOT FOU
FOUND
ND
The elevator main controller expects specific files on the SIM card. At least one
expected file is missing.
C1:SIM card with wrong software version inserted
A1:Check SIM Card software version. Get right SIM card, insert it and
perform a elevator main controller reset.
19
1904
04 CH
CHIP
IP C
CAR
ARDD NO
NOTT FOR
FORMA
MATE
TED
D
The SIM card inserted on the elevator main controller board is not formatted.
C1:The SIM card is not formatted
A1:Get right SIM card, insert it and perform a elevator main controller reset.
19
1905
05 CH
CHIP
IP C
CAR
ARDD NO OR N NO
O SCH
SCHININDL
DLER
ER CAR
CARD D
No or invalid SIM card inserted on the elevator main controller board.

C1:No SIM card inserted
C2:The SIM Card is inserted wrongly
A2:Remove SIM card, insert it correctly and perform a elevator main
controller reset.
C3:No Schindler SIM Card inserted
19
1906
06 CH
CHIP
IP C
CAR
ARDDRREA
EADI
DING
NG ERRO
ERROR R
There is a problem reading the SIM card. Note that this error typically relates to
any other SIM card error.
C1:SIM card reading error
A1:Check error log for other SIM card errors. Please refer to corresponding
causes and actions. If no other error is reported, replace SIM card.

EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Ch
Chip
ip Ca
Card
rd (SIM
(SIM ca
card
rd)) M
Mes
essa
sage
gess
19
1907
07 CH
CHIP
IP C
CAR
ARDDW WRI
RITI
TING
NG ERRO
ERROR R
There is a problem writing to the SIM card. Note that this error typically relates to
any other SIM card error.
C1:SIM card writing error
A1:Check error log for other SIM card errors. Please refer to corresponding
causes and actions. If no other error is reported, replace SIM card.
1908
1908 CHI
CHIP
PCCARD
ARD WRONG
WRONG FILEFILE SYST
SYSTEM
EM VER
VERSIOSION
N
Invalid Schindler SIM card inserted on the elevator main controller board.
C1:SIM card has a wrong file system version respectively a wrong data
format. This means the SIM card does not contain the data (for example, FC
parameters, OEM data structure) as expected by the elevator main
controller (SCIC).
A1:Get right SIM card, insert it and perform an elevator main controller
reset.
Code
Code Trip Mana
anager Mess
Messa
ages
20
2002
02 TR
TRIP
IP LEAR
LEARNI
NING
NG LEVE
LEVELL MIS
MISSI
SING
NG
The number of floor levels counted during the learning trip in upward direction
does not correspond to the one counted with the check in downward direction.
C1:Bad alignment of floor sensors with magnets (KS) or PHS flags in shaft
A1:Check alignment of magnets (KS) or PHS flags.Check position of floor
sensor. Check magnet to sensor distance.
C2:Bad floor sensor signal transmission
A2:Check general electrical wiring of the floor sensor signal (for example,
connections at KS/PHS, at SDIC,..)
C3:Floor sensor(s) defect
A3:Replace floor sensor(s)
C4:Faulty input on the interface board (PCB) for the floor sensor
A4:Replace interface board (SDIC)
2003
2003 TRI
TRIPP LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING NUMBER
NUMBER OF LEVE
LEVELS
LS VAR
VARY
Y
C1:The number of floor levels counted during the learning trip in up
direction does not correspond to the one counted during the down
direction checking phase.
A1:Check magnets / PHS flags. Check KS / PHS sensors / cable
2004
2004 TRI
TRIP
P LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING LEVEL
LEVEL OUTS
OUTSIDE
IDE ARRA
ARRAYY LIMIT
LIMITS
S
Indicates that the number of learned floors is invalid
C1:The number of learned floors exceeded the max floors supported by the
elevator system
A1:Check the number of door zone indicators in the hoistway (for example,
magnets, vanes)
C2:The number of learned floors does not correspond with the
commissioning data
A2:Crosscheck the number of door zone indicators in the hoistway
(for example, magnets,
magnets, vanes)
vanes) with the allowed number of floors according
according
the commissioning data


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Trip Mana
anager Mess
Messa
ages
2005
2005 TRI
TRIPP POSITI
POSITION
ON TARG
ARGET
ET NOT REA
REACHE
CHED
D
The elevator has finished a trip but the car is signalized by the hoistway
information system not to be in door zone.
C1:Different causes
C2:Signal of door zone detection faulty
A2:Check door zone sensors (for example, PHSx) and wiring.
2006 TRIP WARNING
ARNING TRIP
TRIP POSITION
POSITION TARGET
ARGET NOT
NOT REACHED
REACHED *)
*)
2007
2007 TRI
TRIP
PPPOSI
OSITIO
TION
N MOVE
MOVE NOT IN DOO
DOORR ZON
ZONE
E
The elevator was intended to start a trip while the car was not detected to be on
floor. Note that this error only occurs while not in manual trip operation (for
example, inspection)
C1:Different causes
A1:Check elevator message log for previous reported messages
A2:Check door zone detection of hoistway information system (for
example, PHSx, mechanical adjustment, defective sensor etc.)
2008
2008 TRI
TRIP
P SYN
SYNCHR
CHROO RO
ROUGUGHH POSIT
POSITION
ION ST
STATE ERRO
ERROR R
C1:The synchronization or (under certain conditions) the service trip did
receive a inconsistent KSE update
A1:Check KSE magnets.Check KSE magnet switch.Redo learning trip.
2009 TRIP WARNING
WARNING TRIP SSYNCH
YNCHRO RO ROUGH
ROUGH POSIT
POSITION
ION ST
STA
ATE ERROR
ERROR *)
2010
2010 TRI
TRIPP LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING DIRECT
DIRECTION
ION UNKNOW
UNKNOWN N RECEI
RECEIVED
VED
C1:During the learning trip, the direction of travel becomes unknown. This
can only happen if some serious error in the elevator system occurred. The
trip is stopped.
A1:Start new learning trip
201
2011 TRIP
TRIP LEARNI
LEARNINGNG WRONG
WRONG MAGNET
MAGNET ORDER
ORDER
C1:Releveling failure
2012
2012 TRI
TRIP
P RELEVE
RELEVELIN
LING G FATAL ERR
ERROR
OR
C1:Releveling failure caused by safety chain opening
A1:Check: Safety Chain Circuit, SUET
2060
2060 TR
TRIP
IP L
LEAR
EARNIN
NING
G MI
MINIM
NIMAL
AL TRA
TRAVEL
VEL DIS
DISTTANC
ANCE E
C1:The distance between two flags (floors) is less than the allowed minimal
traveling distance (300mm)
A1:Check flag distance, PHS position
2061
2061 TRI
TRIP
P LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING INTOL
INTOLERA
ERABLE
BLE FLAG
FLAG LLENG
ENGTH
TH
Detected a too long or too short door zone. Note that this error is typically
reported at the learning travel.
C1:Tacho factor or drive pulley diameter invalid
A1:Check corresponding parameter for right values
C2:Signal of door zone detection faulty
A2:Check door zone sensors (for example, PHS)
C3:Flag length out of range
A3:Install correct flags


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Trip Mana
anager Mess
Messa ages
2062
2062 TRI
TRIPP LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING UPPER
UPPER FLAG
FLAG EDGE
EDGE ALALREA
READYDY SET
SET
C1:The EC application tried to set the value for an upper flag that was
already set. This can only happen, if we do not allow overwriting of the
shaft image (for example, while traveling upwards, where no value should
have been set before).
A1:Redo learning trip
C2:EMC disturbance?
2063
2063 TRI
TRIP
PLLEAR
EARNIN
NINGG UPPE
UPPER R FLAG
FLAG EDGE
EDGE N
NOT
OT SET
C1:The EC application missed to set the upper flag for a level.

2064
2064 TRI
TRIPP LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING LOWER
LOWER FLA FLAGG EDGE
EDGE ALREAD
ALREADY Y SET
SET
C1:The EC application tried to set the value for a lower flag that was already
set. This can only happen, if we do not allow overwriting of the shaft image
(for example, while traveling upwards, where no value should have been set
before).
C2:Possible problems with shaft info circuit? (PHS, light barrier, magnet
switch)
C3:EMC disturbances?
2065
2065 TRI
TRIP
PLLEAR
EARNIN
NINGGLLOW
OWER ER FLAG
FLAG EDGE
EDGE NO NOTT SET
SET
C1:The EC application missed to set the lower flag for a level.
C2:Problems with shaft info circuit? (PHS, light barrier, magnet switch)
C3:EMC disturbance?
2066
2066 TR
TRIP
IP L
LEAR
EARNIN
NING
G INV
INVALID
ALID DODOOR
OR ENTR
ENTRANC
ANCE E SIDE
SIDE
C1:The EC application tried to set a door side that is not allowed (its not the
same as 'already set', an invalid value is the problem.).
C2:Problems with shaft info circuit? (PHS, light barrier, magnet switch)
C3:EMC disturbance?
2067
2067 TR
TRIP
IP L
LEAR
EARNIN
NINGGDDOO
OOR R ENTRA
ENTRANCE
NCE SIDE
SIDE NOT
NOT SET
SET
C1:The EC application missed to set a door side for a level.
A1:Check flags, Check light barrier cable, Check encoder, Redo learning
trip
2068
2068 TR
TRIPIP L
LEAR
EARNIN
NING
G DOOR
DOOR ENTENTRAN
RANCECE SIDE
SIDE AALRE
LREADY
ADY SET
SET
C1:The EC application tried to set a door entrance side that has already
been set.
trip
2069
2069 TRI
TRIP P LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING INVALI
INVALIDD LO
LOWER
WER FLAG
FLAG EDGE
EDGE
C1:The EC application tried to set the height of a lower flag edge bigger
than the height of the upper flag.
trip
2070
2070 TRI
TRIP P LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING INVALI
INVALIDD UP
UPPER
PER FLAG
FLAG E EDGE
DGE
C1:The EC application tried to set the height of a lower flag edge smaller
than the height of the upper lower flag.
A1:Check flags, Check light barrier cable, Check encode, Redo learning trip


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Trip Mana
anager Mess
Messaages
2071
2071 TRI
TRIPPLLEAR
EARNIN
NINGG UPPE
UPPER R FLAG
FLAG EDGE
EDGE D DIFF
IFFER
ER
C1:The EC application sets an new upper flag edge height. The difference
between the last value and this one is bigger than accepted.
A1:Check rope slip, Check encoder, Redo learning trip (Warning: Do not
change load while performing a learning trip)
2072
2072 TRI
TRIP
PLLEAR
EARNIN
NINGG LOWE
LOWER R FLAG
FLAG EDGE
EDGE D DIFF
IFFER
ER
C1:The EC application sets an new lower flag edge height. The difference
between the last value and this one is bigger than accepted.
2073
2073 TRI
TRIPP LE
LEARN
ARNING
ING DOOR
DOOR ENTR
ENTRANC
ANCE E SIDE
SIDE DDIFF
IFFER
ER
C1:The EC application tried to set a door entrance side. The side was
already set, we allowed overwriting but the last value does not correspond
with the new one.
20
2074
74 TR
TRIP
IP POSI
POSITI
TION
ON NEST
NESTEDED MOVE
MOVE
C1:A client requests a move in position mode, but the drive did not have the
time to acknowledge the last.
A1:Reset EC
20
2075
75 TR
TRIP
IP PO
POSI
SITI
TION
ON COR
CORRE
RECT
CTIO
ION
N TOO
TOO BIG
BIG
The first limit for the correction
correction of the car positio
position
n (typically 30 mm) during a trip
has exceeded. Note that this warning is only applicable for closed loop drives.
The current running trip does not get interrupted.
C1:Insufficient traction
A1:Check for excessive rope slip
C2:Mechanical problem with motor tacho
A2:Check tacho on hoisting machine
C3:Excessive rope elongation during trip
A3:Check ropes (type and number of ropes)
C4:Problem with floor sensor (flag/photocell)
A4:Check correct installation/operation of floor sensors in hoistway
C5:Delayed transmission from floor sensor interface board (SDIC) to the
drive frequency converter (FC)
A5:Check communication on CAN bus (termination)
2076
2076 TRI
TRIPP LEA
LEARNI
RNING
NG A
AVER
VERAGAGEE FLAG
FLAG LENG
LENGTH EXCEE
EXCEEDEDDED
C1:The calculation of the average flag length after the adjustment of the FC
parameter traction "PULLEY_DIAMETER" results in a value bigger than the
tolerated limit.
A1:Check shaft information. Check flags length. Check FC parameter 11.26
"Traction Pulley Diameter-DD", Redo learning trip
20
2077
77 TR
TRIP
IP L
LEA
EARN
RNIN
INGG FLAG
FLAG EDG
EDGE E SEQU
SEQUEN
ENCE
CE
C1:During the learning trip the same edge is received twice in line. For
example, two times a rising edge with no falling edge in between.
A1:Check light barrier. Check SDIC board, Check CAN bus (cable,
termination, plugs, EMC)


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Trip Mana
anager Mess
Messa
ages
20
2078
78 TR
TRIP
IP FINA
FINAL
LLLEV
EVEL
EL NOT
NOT FOU
FOUND
ND
The terminal floor indication (top or bottom floor) is faulty
C1:The distance between the signalization of the hoistway end and the
corresponding terminal floor (top respectively bottom floor) is out of range
A1:Check position of terminal floor sensor (top or bottom floor, for
example, PHS), Check position of hoistway end sensor (for example, KSEx)
C2:The signal indicating the hoistway end is faulty
A2:Check hoistway end sensors (for example, KSEx).Check general wiring
to this sensor.
C3:The signal indicating the terminal floor is faulty
A3:Check (terminal) floor sensor (for example, PHS).Check general wiring
to this sensor.
2079
2079 TRI
TRIPP PH
PHSx
Sx SIGN
SIGNAL
AL PERS
PERSISTISTENT
ENTLLY BR
BRIDG
IDGED
ED
During a trip the shaft information signal PHS and/or PHS1 do not change their
state as expected. They are permanently active (for example, bridged for test).
C1:PHS/PHS1 bridge for test still mounted
A1:Remove bridge. Perform a manual reset respectively perform the
persistent fatal error reset procedure to set the elevator back in operation.
C2:Connection to PHS or PHS1 bad
A2:Check wiring to PHS/PHS1.Perform a manual reset respectively perform
the persistent fatal error reset procedure to set the elevator back in
operation.
C3:PHS or PHS1 sensor defect

A3:Replace corresponding sensor. Perform a manual reset respectively
perform the persistent fatal error reset procedure to set the elevator back in
operation.
20
2080
80 TR
TRIP
IP P
PHN
HNRR SI
SIGN
GNAL
AL INC
INCONONSI
SIST
STEN
ENT T
After each landing of
of the car on a fl
floor
oor a consistency
consistency check of the shaft
shaft
information signals for releveling PHNR_U and PHNR_D gets performed. This
error occurs if both of the signals are inactive at this point of time.
C1:Sensor position of PHNR_U/PHNR_D wrong
A1:Check these sensors for misalignment
C2:The shaft information signals PHNR_U/PHNR_D are faulty
A2:Check sensors PHNR_U/PHNR_D for dirt or defect. Check general
wiring PHNR_U/PHNR_D.
20
2082
82 TR
TRIP
IP H
HOU
OURS
RS IN
IN SERV
SERVIC
ICE
E MISM
MISMA
ATCH
TCH
2083
2083 TRI
TRIP
P HO
HOURS
URS IN SER
SERVIC
VICE
E ENTER
ENTERED
ED M
MANU
ANUALL
ALLY
Y
20
2084
84 TR
TRIP
IP C
CO
OUNTE
UNTERR MISM
MISMAATCH
TCH
20
2085
85 TR
TRIP
IP CO
COUN
UNTE
TERR ENT
ENTER
ERED
ED MAN
MANUA
UALL
LLY
Y
2086
2086 FC N
NON
ON D
DET
ETERM
ERMINA
INABLE
BLE PERS
PERS AT
AT ST
START
ARTUP
UP
A blind floor
floor PHSB is at the en
end
d of shaft
2087
2087 TR
TRIP
IP LEARNI
LEARNING NG BLIND
BLIND FLOOR
FLOOR UNEXPE
UNEXPECTE
CTED
D
A blind floor
floor flag (PHSB) h
has
as been detected
detected on a system where no no blind floors
floors
are expected


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Hoistway Messages

2101
101 SHAF
HAFT UN
UNDEDEFI
FINE
NED
D
C1:Shaft is undefined yet.
A1:Do: Manually reset the system on microprocessor board
21
2102
02 SH
SHAF
AFTT LE
LEVE
VEL L MI
MISS
SSIN
INGG
C1:The shaft information contains missing levels.
A1:check shaft info
21
2103
03 SH
SHAF
AFTT NU
NUMB
MBER
ER OF
OF LEV
LEVEL
ELS
SVVAR
ARY
Y
C1:The
actuallytotal number of levels stored in the EEPROM differs from the
measured.
A1:Redo: learning trip
2104
2104 SHA
SHAFTFT LEVEL
LEVEL OUTSI
OUTSIDE DE ARRA
ARRAY LIMI
LIMITS
TS
C1:Too many floors. While setting up the RAM shaft image at the
application startup a level is addressed outside the array limits. [Level <0 or
level > 15]
A1:Check: number of magnets/ flags. Redo: learning trip
21
2110
10 SHAF
SHAFT T IM
IMAG
AGEE IN ERR
ERROR
OR SSTTATE
C1:The shaft image object is in error state due to an error at the application
startup.
A1:The system error handling automatically does a synchronization trip.
21
211
11 SHAF
SHAFTT IN
INV
VAL
ALID
ID RO
ROUG
UGH
H POSI
POSITI
TION
ON
C1:This error can result from an invalid respectively incomplete signaling
of KSE indicator changes.
A1:See 2110.
21
2112
12 SH
SHAF
AFT
T IINV
NVAL
ALID
ID S
SHA
HAFT
FT STAG
STAGE E
of PHS respectively KS indicator changes.
A1:See 2110.
21
2113
13 SHAF
SHAFTT IN
INV
VAL
ALID
ID C
CUR
URRE
RENT
NT LEV
LEVEL
EL
A1:See 2110..
2114
2114 SHA
SHAFT
FT POSIT
POSITION
ION LOS
LOST
T WHI
WHILE
LE STA
STATIO
TIONAR
NARY
Y
The hoistway information system has indicated the car out of the door zone (car
not on floor) while the car is expected standing on floor
A1:Check door zone detection of hoistway information system (for

example, PHSx, mechanical adjustment, defective sensor etc.)
C2:Car has left door zone
A2:Check suspension means (for example, ropes for too high elongation).
Check drive brake
2115
2115 SHA
SHAFT
FT POSIT
POSITION
ION LOST
LOST WHILE
WHILE BOUNCI
BOUNCINGNG
C1:A KSE or level indicator change is signaled while the car is stabilizing.
This stabilizing period is actually defined with 2 seconds.
A1:See 2110.
2116
2116 SHA
SHAFT
FT INCO
INCONST
NSTANT
ANT LEV
LEVEL EL INDI
INDICA
CATO
TORSRS
A1:See 2110.
21
2118
18 SHAF
SHAFTT IN
INV
VAL
ALID
ID T
TRA
RAVE
VEL
L MODE
MODE


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

2119
2119 SHA
SHAFT
FT INCONS
INCONSTTANT KSE INDICA
INDICATO
TORS
RS
21
2125
25 SH
SHAF
AFTT AC
ACCE
CESS
SS PER
PERSISIST
STEN
ENT
T MEDI
MEDIUM
UM
C1:Could not write to EEPROM.
A1:Do: Replace SCIC board (bigger EEPROM needed). Or reduce number of
levels.
21
2126
26 SH
SHAF
AFTT WR
WRON
ONGG MAGN
MAGNETET TRA
TRANS
NSIT
ITIO
ION
N
C1:sequence of N->N or S->S
A1:Check: KS position Do: learning trip
21
2127
27 SH
SHAF
AFTT NO K
KS1
S1 DET
DETEC
ECTI
TION
ON POS
POSSI
SIBL
BLE E
A1:Check: KS/ KS1 presence
2128
2128 SH
SHAFT
AFT WRON
WRONG G MAGNET
MAGNET TRAN
TRANSIT
SITION
ION INFO
INFORMA
RMATIOTION
N
C1:same as 2126 but classified as recoverable instead of fatal
A1:same as 2126
21
2129
29 SH
SHAF
AFTT RO
ROUG
UGH
H POSI
POSITI
TION
ON MIS
MISMA
MATC
TCH H
A1:Check: Shaft information, flags length. Do: Learning trip
21
2130
30 SH
SHAF
AFTTWWRORONG
NG INI
INITI
TIAL
ALIZ
IZA
ATION
TION
C1:Shaft image: wrong initialization
A1:Do: Learning trip
21
2131
31 SH
SHAF
AFTTLLUE
UETT KS KS1
KS1 INCO
INCONS
NSIS
ISTE
TENT
NT
A1:Check: KS/ KS1 presence and position. Do: Learning trip
2132
2132 SHA
SHAFT
FT INCONS
INCONSIST
ISTENT
ENT KSE D U STA
STATE
The signal indicating the hoistway end is invalid (for example, inconsistent).
inconsistent).
Failure at hoistway information.
C1:A hoistway end position indicator (for example, KSE, KSE_U, KSE_D) is
missing or not at the correct position.
A1:Check correct position of the corresponding indicator (for example,
magnet and its polarity, vane)
C2:A hoistway end position sensor is faulty.
A2:Check functionality of corresponding sensor. Replace it if necessary.
C3:Wiring to hoistway end position sensor is faulty.
A3:Check wiring at the corresponding sensor.
21
2133
33 SH
SHAF
AFTTM
MIX
IX KSE
KSE AND
AND KS
KSEE DU
The elevator control received signals from the hoistway information system which
aren't signals of the expected hoistway information system type.

C1:Wiring to hoistway end position sensor is faulty.
A1:Check wiring and correct connection of the corresponding sensor (KSE,
KSE_U, KSE_D).
21
2134
34 SH
SHAF
AFTTK
KSE
SE AND
AND T TSD
SD O
OPT
PTIO
IONN
21
2135
35 SH
SHAF
AFTTT
TSD
SD S
SIG
IGNA
NALLCCHA
HANG
NGE E
The elevator has detected an unexpected change of the signal TSD (state of the
presence of the temporary safety device).
C1:The wiring at the signal TSD is faulty
A1:Check general wiring
C2:The elevator main controller board was exchanged by a board from
another elevator
A2:Perform the learning travel. At no success replace elevator main
controller board (for example, SCIC, SCPU) by a new one from the factory.


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

21
2136
36 SH
SHAF
AFTT RO
ROUG
UGH
H POS
POS MISS
MISSMA
MATC
TCH
H TOP
TOP
Failure at the upper hoistway end detection
C1:Wiring to the upper hoistway end position sensor is faulty.
A1:Check wiring at the corresponding sensor.
C2:The upper hoistway end position sensor is faulty.
A2:Check functionality of corresponding sensor. Replace it if necessary.
2137
2137 SHA
SHAFT
FT SPEE
SPEEDD SUPER
SUPERVISVISION
ION AT ROUGH
ROUGH POS
POS CHANG
CHANGE E
The car was

reaching not decelerating
the shaft end (at KSE)(still traveling
because theinwrong
normalnumber
speed)ofwhile it was
floors was
counted. Failure in shaft information system.
C1:Bad alignment of floor sensors (KS/KS1) with magnets in shaft
A1:Check alignment of magnets. Check position of floor sensors. Check for
lost magnets. Check magnet to sensors distance.
C2:Bad floor sensor signal transmission
A2:Check general electrical wiring of the floor sensor signal (for example,
connections
connec tions at KS/KS1, at SDIC,..)
C3:Floor sensor (KS/KS1) defect
A3:Replace corresponding floor sensor
C5:One or more floor indication magnet of the shaft information system
is/are mounted with wrong magnetic orientation

A5:Check entire shaft for the correct magnetic orientation (N,S) of these
magnets
2138
2138 SHA
SHAFTFT CAR
CAR R
RELE
ELEVEL
VELING
ING ZONE
ZONE SIGNA
SIGNALL INV
INVALI
ALIDD
The signal indicating the car releveling zone is invalid (for example, inconsistent).
Failure at hoistway information.
C1:A car releveling zone indicator is missing or not at the correct position
A1:Check correct position of the corresponding indicators (for example,
alignment of magnets, vanes)
C2:A car releveling zone sensor is defective
A2:Check functionality of corresponding sensor (for example, PHS,
PHNR_U, PHNR_D). Replace it if necessary.
C3:A car releveling zone sensor signal is faulty
A3:Check general wiring of corresponding sensors (for example, PHNR_U,
PHNR_D). Check at optical sensors (for example, PHS, PHNR_U. PHNR_D)
vanes and sensors for dirt and proper shielding from sunlight (for example,
at glass shaft).
C4:Bad data transmission
A4:Some hoistway information system transfer their data via data bus.
Check data bus (e.g CAN) for correct data transmission (for example, bad
shielding of data wire).
2139
2139 SHA
SHAFT
FT ROUGH
ROUGH POS MISSMA
MISSMATCH
TCH BO
BOTTTTOM
OM
Failure at the lower hoistway end detection
2160
2160 SHA
SHAFTFT MINIMA
MINIMAL L TRAVEL
TRAVEL DIST
DISTANC
ANCE E
C1:While validating the RAM shaft image at the application startup, a too
small travel distance (< 300 mm) between the levels is detected.
A1:Redo: Learning trip


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

2161
2161 SHA
SHAFT
FT INTOL
INTOLERA
ERABLE
BLE FLAG
FLAG LEN
LENG GTH
C1:At application startup (reset): While setting up the levels in the RAM
shaft image an intolerable flag length is detected.
A1:Check: for rope slippage. Check: encoder. Redo: learning trip. Warning:
do not change the load during learning
21
2162
62 SH
SHAF
AFT
T UP
UPPE
PER
R FLAG
FLAG E EDG
DGEE ALRE
ALREADADY Y SET
SET
C1:While setting up the RAM shaft image at the application startup the
upper flag edge position of a level is about to be set multiple times.
A1:Check: rope slip. Check: encoder. Check: flag position. Redo: learning
trip
C2:Problems with shaft info circuit (PHS, light barrier, magnet switch)
C3:EMC disturbances
21
2163
63 SH
SHAFAFT
TUUPP
PPER
ER FLA
FLAGGE EDG
DGE E NOT
NOT SET
SET
C1:While setting the RAM shaft image at the application startup, a missing
upper flag edge position is detected.
A1:Manually erase the shaft image file on the persistent data medium and
run the synchronization trip.
21
2164
64 SH
SHAF
AFTT LO
LOWE
WERR FLAG
FLAG E EDG
DGE E ALRE
ALREAD ADYY SET
SET
C1:While setting up the RAM shaft image at the application startup the
lower flag edge position of a level is about to be set multiple times.for
example, caused by arriving at the flag edge toggling many times.
C2:EMC disturbances
C3:Problems with shaft info circuit.(PHS, light barrier, magnet switch)
21
2165
65 SH
SHAF
AFT
TL LOW
OWERER FL
FLAG
AG EDGE
EDGE NO
NOT T SET
SET
C1:While setting the RAM shaft image at the application startup a missing
lower flag edge position is detected.
C2:Problems with shaft info circuit (PHS, light barrier, magnet switch)
C3:EMC disturbances
2166
2166 SHA
SHAFTFT INVALI
INVALIDDDDOO
OORR ENTR
ENTRANC
ANCEE SID
SIDEE
C1:While setting up the RAM shaft image at the application startup an
invalid door entrance side is detected.
C2:See 2165
C3:See 2165
21
2167
67 SH
SHAF
AFTT DO
DOOR
OR ENTR
ENTRAN
ANCE
CE S
SID
IDEE NOT
NOT SET
SET
C1:While setting up the RAM shaft image at the application startup a
missing door entrance side is detected.
C2:Problems with shaft info circuit (PHS, PHUET, light barrier, magnet
switch)
C3:EMC disturbances
2168
2168 SHA
SHAFT
FT DOOR
DOOR ENTR
ENTRANC
ANCE ES SIDE
IDE ALR
ALREAD
EADY Y SET
SET
C1:While setting up the RAM shaft image at the application startup the door
entrance side of a level is about to be set multiple times.
C2:Problems with shaft info circuit (PHS, PHUET, light barrier, magnet
switch)
C3:EMC disturbances


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics

21
2169
69 SH
SHAF
AFTT IN
INV
VAL
ALID
ID L
LOW
OWER
ER FLA
FLAG G EDGE
EDGE
invalid lower flag edge position is detected.
C2:See 2165
C3:See 2165
21
2170
70 SHSHAFAFT
T IN
INV
VAL
ALID
ID U
UPP
PPER
ER FLA
FLAGG EDGE
EDGE
invalid upper flag edge position is detected.
C2:See 2165
C3:See 2165
Code FA M
Meessages
2200 FA drive errors (2 speed systems) Not used with Schindler
to 3100/3300/5300
2205 If one of these error occurs please contact hotline Locarno or a
specialists.
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Conv
Conver
erte
terr Al
Alar
arm
m Mes
Messa
sage
ges
s
23
2309
09 FC AL
ALAR
ARMM UN
UNDE
DERV
RVOLOLTTAGE
AGE
Under voltage at the drive inverter internal DC link detected
23
2315
15 FC AL
ALAR
ARMM MO
MOTO
TOR R STAL
STALLE LEDD
C1:FC (Closed Loop) Motor stalled
A1:Check motor. Check electromechanical brake MGB
C2:The motor stall protection has tripped for example, electromechanical
brake (MGB) has not opened. Note: You can program if this condition
generates A15 or F15 or nothing.
2316
2316 FC ALA
ALARM
RM MOTO
MOTOR R OVER
OVERTETEMPE
MPERARATUR
TURE
E
The car drive hoisting machine has exceeded its operating temperature
C1:The heat dissipation is not working
A1:Check operation of heat dissipation device (for example, fan or forced
ventilation) if present
C2:Too hot ambient air temperature (for example, direct sunlight at glass
shaft)
C3:The temperature feedback signal is faulty
A3:Check general wiring to temperature sensor.Check operation of
temperature sensor.
C4:Too intensive operation (for example, too many trips per time unit)
23
2317
17 FC AL
ALAR
ARM M MO
MOTO
TORR UND
UNDER
ERLO
LOAD
AD
C1:FC (Closed Loop) Motor underload
A1:Check gear box
23
2324
24 FC A
ALA
LARM
RM HI
HIST
STOR
ORYY MA
MAYB
YBE E LOST
LOST
C1:The values in the Fault history, MWh-counters or operating day/hour
counters might have been changed in a previous mains interruption.
A1:Does not need any actions. Take a critical attitude to these values


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncyy Conv
Conver
erte
terr Al
Alar
arm
m Mes
Messa
sage
ges
s
2328
2328 FC ALA
ALARM
RM APPLIC
APPLICA ATION
TION CHANG
CHANGE
E FAIL
FAILED
ED
C1:Application change failed
A1:Choose the application again and press the enter button
23
2330
30 FC AL
ALAR
ARMMUUNB
NBAL
ALAN
ANCE
CED D CUR
CURRERENTNTS
S
C1:Unbalanced current fault, the load on the segments in not equal.
A1:Replace frequency converter
2342 FC A
ALARM
LARM TOO HIGH OR TOOTOO LOW
LOW SPEED
SPEED AT T TARGE
ARGETT PHS
PHS
C1:FC (Closed Loop) Wrong speed at target (last PHSx rising edge)
A1:Check flags position Check PHS1/2 sensors. Redo learning trip
2345
2345 FC ALA
ALARM
RM CONVER
CONVERTERTER OVERT
OVERTEM
EMPER
PERAATURE
TURE
C1:Temperature of heatsink over programmable temp. value (for example,
+40?C)
A1:Check the cooling air flow and the ambient temperature
2349
2349 FC A
ALA
LARM
RM SST
TATE MMACH
ACHINEINES
S SUPER
SUPERVISVISION
ION
C1:FC (Closed Loop) Internal logical error
A1:Check FC states. If error occurs repeatedly replace FC
2354
2354 FC AL
ALARM
ARM BBRAK
RAKING
ING RRESI
ESIST
STOR
OR OVERT
OVERTEMPEMPERA
ERATUR
TURE E
C1:Brake resistor bimetal temperature switch. The brake resistor temp
monitoring circuit has opened. If elevator is executing a trip it can usually
be finished. New trip cannot be started before bimetal temp switch is closed
again (5 min.)
A1:Check brake
temperature resistors
switch itself temperature. Check wiring and/or the bimetal
2357
2357 FC A
ALAR
LARMM OU
OUTPU
TPUTT CONT
CONTACTACTOR
ORSS SUPER
SUPERVIS
VISOR
OR
C1:FC (Closed Loop) Output contactors failure in standstill
A1:Check output
outp ut contactors feedback inputs SH1_STATE
SH1_STATE and SH1_STATE
SH1_STATE
(DIA1, DIA2) and/or corresponding n.c. SH/SH1 auxiliary contacts. Check
also ("external") test jumper XTHS and XTHS1 Position and Wiring (drive
module)
2358
2358 FC AALAR
LARM M PW
PWM M ENABL
ENABLE E INP
INPUT
UT WRON
WRONG G STA
STATE
C1:FC (closed Loop) Wrong PWM input state
A1:Check PWM_ENABLE input (DIB4) and/or corresponding auxiliary n.o.
SH1 contact.
23
2364
64 FC AL
ALAR
ARMMM MEC
ECHA
HANI
NICA
CAL
L BR
BRAK
AKEE KBKB
KBKB11
C1:FC (Close Loop) Mechanical brake KBKB1 contactor problem
A1:check brake and its contacts
23
2370
70 FC AL
ALAR
ARMMM MEC
ECHA
HANI
NICA
CALLB
BRA
RAKE
KE KB
C1:FC (Close Loop) Mechanical brake KB contactor problem
23
2371
71 FC AL
ALAR
ARMMM MEC
ECHA
HANI
NICA
CALLB
BRA
RAKE
KE KB1
KB1
C1:FC (Close Loop) Mechanical brake KB1 contactor problem
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Con
Conve
vert
rter
er War
arni
ning
ng Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
24
2401
01 FC PR
PROX
OXII UN
UNUS
USED
ED WAR
WARNI
NING
NG


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Con
Conve
vert
rter
er War
arni
ning
ng Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
24
2402
02 FC HE
HEAR
ARTB
TBEA
EAT
TTTIM
IMEO
EOUT
UT
The communication to the drive node (controller) has broken
C1:Drive node disconnected (for example, CAN bus)
A1:Reconnect node
C2:No or bad drive node power supply
A2:Check node power supply
C3:Data transmission faulty (for example, CAN bus)
A3:Check general
termination data
(jumpers lineswitches,
and connection. Check for
if present) correct
of all data
devices line
(PCBs)
connected to the data bus. Check shielding of data line (if present).Check
for EMC disturbances.
C4:Drive node defective
A4:Replace corresponding node
24
240
03 FC TR
TRUE
UE STAR
STARTTTTIM
IMEO
EOUT
UT
The elevator main controller does not receive the expected acceleration
confirmation data telegram from the drive within the expected time (for example,
2.5s) after a start command.
C1:Different causes
C2:See 2402, C3
A2:See 2402, A3
C3:The elevator main controller and the drive are out of sync.
A3:Perform a reset of the entire system
24
2404
04 FC MO
MOVE
VE CMD
CMD TIM
TIMEO
EOUT
UT ERRO
ERROR R
The elevator main controller does not receive the expected data from the drive
node within the expected time after a request.
C1:Different causes
C2:The elevator main controller and the drive are out of sync.
A2:Perform a reset of the entire system
2405 FC DRIVE PHPHASE
C1:Drive (FC) reports phase inconsistent
A1:Check CAN cable. Check CAN cable termination
C2:The FC phase (state) is not consistent with the previous one. (for
example, if after standstill, decelerating is sent).There has either missing a
message or the FC software has a bug.Has nothing to with electrical motor
phase connections.
2406
2406 FC PPROX
ROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING DDIST
ISTANC
ANCEE ZERO
ZERO MOMOVEVE RQST
RQST
C1:The FC has received a zero distance move request.This is an EC
application (internal) error.
2407
2407 FC PPROX
ROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING DIRECT
DIRECTION
ION NON
NONE E MOVE
MOVE R RQST
QST
C1:The FC has received a no direction move request.This is an EC
application (internal) error.
2408
2408 FC PR
PROX
OXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING DDIRE
IRECTI
CTION
ON IN
INVER
VERSIO
SIONN MOVE
MOVE RQST
RQST
C1:EC application (internal) error.If within a trip from one move request to
another the direction changes.
2409
2409 FC PPROX
ROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING ZERO
ZERO LELEVEL
VELSS MO
MOVE_
VE_RQ
RQSTST
C1:The FC has received a zero level move request.This is an EC application
(internal) error.


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncyy Con
Conve
vert
rter
er War
arni
ning
ng Me
Mess
ssagages
es
2410
2410 FC PRO
PROXY
XY WARNING
ARNING NESTED
NESTED MOVE
MOVE RQ RQST
ST
C1:EC application (internal) error. If a move command tries to override
another one.
241
2411 FC PROX
PROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING MOVE
MOVE RQ RQST
ST WHIL
WHILEE ST
STOPP
OPPING
ING
C1:EC application (internal) error. EC does not stick to the given time-outs.
2412 FC PROX
PROXYY WARNIN
WARNING G MOVE RQST WHILEWHILE UNA
UNAVVAILABLE
AILABLE
C1:EC application (internal) error. EC does not stick to the given time-outs.
2413
2413 FC P
PROX
ROXYYWWARN
ARNING
ING MMOVE
OVE RQST
RQST WITH
WITH WRONG
WRONG FC FC MODE
MODE
C1:EC application (internal) error. After startup the enable delay is too long.
2414 FC P
PROXY
ROXY WARNING
WARNING RQST TO RECO RECOVERVER AFTE
AFTERRFFA
ATAL
C1:EC application (internal) error. EC tried to recover from a fatal error.
2415
2415 FC P
PROX
ROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING SAFET
SAFETY Y CHA
CHAIN
IN WILL
WILL B BEE DIS
DISABL
ABLEDED
C1:Due to FC error the safety chain will be disabled (via RH1 relay).
2416
2416 FC P
PROX
ROXYYWWARN
ARNING
ING GENERI
GENERIC C LOG
LOGICA
ICALL ERRO
ERROR R
C1:EC application (Internal) error. Collects the rest of unmentioned errors.
2417
2417 FC PRO
PROXY
XY WARNING
ARNING HIGH
HIGH LOAD
LOAD UNBALA
UNBALANCE
NCE
C1:EC application (Internal) error.
2418
2418 FC PR
PROX
OXY
Y WA
WARNI
RNING
NG DR
DRIVE
IVE B
BECA
ECAMEME UNA
UNAVAILABL
AILABLE E
C1:Drive (FC) became unavailable (for example, command. lost or other
error happened)
A1:Check FC parameters. Restart system and reset FC errors. Change FC
2419
2419 FC PPROX
ROXYYW WARN
ARNING
ING DDRIV
RIVE E PHASE
PHASE BE
BECAM
CAMEE UNKNOW
UNKNOWNN
C1:Drive (FC) state transition inconsistency or communication lost cause
the "Drive-phase" to be unknown.
A1:Check CAN bus.
2420
2420 FC P
PROX
ROXYYWWARN
ARNING
ING UNKNOW
UNKNOWN N FC ERRO
ERROR
R RECEI
RECEIVED
VED
C1:Unknown FC error received
A1:Version compatibility?
2421
2421 FC P
PROX
ROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING UNKNO
UNKNOWN
WN FC
FC ALARM
ALARM RECEIV
RECEIVED
ED
C1:Unknown FC alarm received.
A1:Version compatibility?
2422
2422 FC P
PROX
ROXY YWWARN
ARNING
ING RECOV
RECOVER ER FFRO
ROM
M ERROR
ERROR LOGIC
LOGIC
C1:EC application (Internal) error.
24
2423
23 FC CM
CMD
D ST
STO
OP TIME
TIMEOU
OUT
T
C1:Drive (FC) does not confirm the stopping request.
A1:Check CAN cable. Check CAN cable termination
C2:The EC sends a move command to the FC and the FC does not answer.
A2:Check if FC is running
2424 FC PR
PROXY
OXY WARNIN
WARNING G STA
STATIC M
MOVE
OVE RQST
RQST W WHILE
HILE NOT IIN
N ST
STAND
AND BY
C1:EC request a move while drive was not in standby.
A1:Reset EC.Report repeated occurrences.
2425 FC P
PROXY
ROXY WARNING
ARNING DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC MOVE
MOVE RQST
RQST WHILE
WHILE D
DECEL
ECELEREA
EREATING
TING
C1:EC requested a dynamic move while drive was decelerating.
A1:Reset EC. Report repeated occurrences.
2426
2426 FC PROX
PROXYY WARNIN
WARNING G DYNAMIC
DYNAMIC MOVE
MOVE RQST
RQST WHILE
WHILE IN ST
STAND BY
C1:EC requested a dynamic move while drive was in standby (=not
dynamic).
A1:Reset EC. Report repeated occurrences.

2427
2427 FC P
PROX
ROXYYWWARN
ARNING
ING FC SW
SW VERSI
VERSION
ON UNKN
UNKNOW
OWN
N YET
YET


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Fr
Freq
eque
uenc
ncy
y Con
Conve
vert
rter
er War
arni
ning
ng Me
Mess
ssag
ages
es
2428
2428 FC PR
PROX
OXYYWWARN
ARNING
ING FFCC HARDW
HARDWARE
ARE VERS
VERSION
ION U UNKN
NKNOWN
OWN YET
YET
2429
2429 FC P
PROX
ROXYYPPARA
ARAMET
METERER DOW
DOWNLO
NLOAD
AD FAIL
FAILED
ED
C1:Drive (FC) reports a parameter download failure
A1:Check FC parameter values
2430
2430 FC P
PROX
ROXY YPPARA
ARAMEMETER
TER COMP
COMPARE FAILAILED
ED
C1:Drive (FC) reports parameter value inconsistent
A1:Check FC parameter values
2431
2431 FC P
PROX
ROXYYP PARA
ARAME
METER
TER FC
FC DAT
DATA NOT
NOT PRESEN
PRESENT
T
C1:fc data not present
2432
2432 FC P
PROX
ROXYYPPARA
ARAMET
METER
ER SET
SET NOT
NOT COMPL
COMPLIAN
IANT
T
C1:fc data not compliant
2433
2433 FC P
PROX
ROXYYPPARA
ARAMET
METER
ER WRON
WRONG
G FC
FC SW VERSIO
VERSION
N
C1:wrong FC SW-Version
2434 FC P PR
ROXY LA
LAST
Code EEPROM Messages

26
2601
01 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM INSU
INSUFF
FFIC
ICIE
IENT
NT SP
SPAC
ACE
E
C1:insufficient space
A1:Do: persistent fatal error clearing procedure
2602
2602 EEP
EEPROM
ROM DA
DATTA R
RECO
ECOVERVERY
YFFAIL
AILURE
URE
C1:data recovery failure
26
2603
03 EEPR
EEPROM
OM RA
RANG
NGE E ERRO
ERROR R
C1:range error
26
2604
04 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM ACC
ACCESESS
S TO
TO UNKN
UNKNOW OWN N FILE
FILE **))
C1:Faulty EEPROM
A1:Replace elevator control PCB if failure persists
26
2606
06 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM RV
RV_N
_NRRFFIL
ILE
EEERR
RROR
OR *)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2607
07 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM ER
ERRO
RORR LOG
LOG FILE
FILE ERRO
ERROR
R *)
*)
C1/A1: See 2604
2608
2608 EEP
EEPROM
ROM ST
STAATISTIC
TISTICSSF
FILE
ILE ERROR
ERROR *)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2609
09 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM DR
DRIV
IVE
E FIL
FILE
E ERR
ERROR
OR *)
C1/A1: See 2604
2610
2610 EEP
EEPRO
ROMM MODE
MODERNI
RNIZA
ZATIO
TION
N FILE
FILE ERR
ERROR
OR *)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
261
11 EEPR
EEPROM
OM BAS
BASEE NORM
NORMAL
AL FIL
FILE
E ER
ERRO
ROR
R *)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2612
12 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM PAS
PASSW
SWOR
ORD
D FILE
FILE E
ERR
RROR
OR *)
*)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2613
13 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM TRA
TRAFF
FFIC
IC CTR
CTRL
L FI
FILE
LE E
ERR
RROR
OR *)
*)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2614
14 EEPR
EEPROM
OM LO
LOPP FIL
FILE
E ERR
ERROR
OR *)
C1/A1: See 2604


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code EEPROM Messages

26
2615
15 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM CO
COP
P FIL
FILE
E ERRO
ERROR
R *)
*)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2616
16 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM BA
BASE
SE SSEC
ECUR
URE
E FI
FILE
LE ERR
ERROR
OR *)
*)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2617
17 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM EX
EXTT NORM
NORMAL
AL FIL
FILE
E ER
ERRO
ROR
R *)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2618
18 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM EX
EXTT SECU
SECURE
RE F
FIL
ILE
E ERRO
ERROR
R *)
C1/A1: See 2604

26
2619
19 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM DO
DOOR
OR FILE
FILE ERRO
ERROR
R *)
*)
C1/A1: See 2604
26
2620
20 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM EM
EMBE
BEDD
DDED
ED R
RM
M FIL
FILE
EEERR
RROR
OR
Corrupted data in the persistent memory (EEPROM) of the elevator control (CRC
error at remote monitoring file)
26
2621
21 EE
EEPR
PROMOM DA
DATE
TETI
TIME
ME FILE
FILE ERRO
ERROR R
error at date and time file)
C1:Faulty EEPROM
A1:Replace elevator control PCB if failure persists
26
2622
22 EE
EEPR
PROM
OM DI
DIAG
AGNO
NOST
STIC
IC F
FIL
ILE
E ER
ERRO
ROR R
26
2623
23 EEPR
EEPROM OM FI
FIRE
RE FI
FILE
LE ERRO
ERROR R
26
2624
24 EE
EEPR
PROMOM DR
DRIVIVE
E COMM
COMMON ON FIL
FILE
E ER
ERRO
ROR R
26
2625
25 EEPR
EEPROM OM ST
STMMFFIL
ILE
E ERR
ERROR OR
26
2626
26 EE
EEPR
PROMOM MO
MONINITO
TORIRING
NG FILFILE
E ERRO
ERROR
R
2627
2627 EEP
EEPROM
ROM SW VERSIO
VERSION NH HIST
ISTOR
ORY
Y FILE
FILE ERR
ERROR
OR
26
2698
98 EEPR
EEPROM OM FO
FORM
RMA ATT
TTED
ED
The EEPROM with configuration/custom data is detected as virgin and has been
formatted
Code Hydraulic Messages
2701 Hydraulic errors. Not used with Schindler 3100/3300/5300
to If one of these errors occurs: Please contact a specialist or hotline Locarno.
2710
Code Aut
Code Autom
omat
atic
ic Acce
Accept
ptan
ance
ce T
Tes
ests
ts M
Mesessa
sages
ges
3101 to AAT Automatic Acceptance Tests Errors
3173 For further description and solutions refer to documentation Automatic
Acceptance Tests Guide
Guidelines
lines (J 139452 or
or J 41
41140148
140148))


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Aut
Autom
omat
atic
ic Acce
Accept
ptan
ance
ce T
Tes
ests
ts M
Mes
essa
sages
ges
3101 to SGC “Safety gear car” related
car” related errors
3109 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3110 to AOS “Ascending car overspeed protection” related
protection” related errors
3114 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3115 to HBU “Half brake capability upward” related
upward” related errors
3119 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3120 to HBD “Half brake capability downward” related
downward” related errors
3124 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3125
3128to RTL “Run time
(see J139452 or limit” related
limit” related errors
J41140148)
3129 to FBU “Full brake capability upward” related
upward” related errors
3133 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3134 to FBD “Full brake capability downward” related
downward” related errors
3138 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3139 to CWB “CWT balancing” related
balancing” related errors
3144 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3145 to SMDO “Door opening speed” related
speed” related errors
3146 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3147 to SGCE “Safety gear with empty car” related
car” related errors
3153 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3154 to KNU “KNE top” related
top” related errors
3157 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3158 to KND “KNE bottom” related
bottom” related errors
3161to
3162 (see “Car
CIB J139452 or J41140148)
impact on buffer” related
buffer” related errors
3165 (see J139452 or J41140148)
3166 to buffer” related errors
CWIB “CWT impact on buffer” related
3169 (see J139452 or J41140148)
31 70 Half
Half br
brak
ake
e dow
down n iins
nsufuffi
fici
cien
entt sha
shafft h
hei
eigh
ghtt
31 71 Half
Half br
brak
ake
e up insu
insuff ffic
icie
ient
nt shaf
shaftt he
heig
ight
ht
31 72 Safe
Safety
ty ge
gear
ar ca
carr ttes
estt une
unexpxpec
ecteted
d sto
stop
p
31 73 Sa
Safe
fety
ty gea
gearr wi
with
th emp
empty ty car
car te
test
st une
unexp
xpec
ecte
ted
d sto
stop
p
31 74 AAT
AAT STM
STM MONI
MONITO TORI RING
NG CAR
CAR N NOT
OT AT L LDU
DU FL
FLOO
OORR
31 75 AAT
AAT STSTM MMOONITITORORININGG CA
CANCEL
NCELED ED
31 76 AAT
AAT STSTM MMOONIT
NITORINGRING ABOABORTED TED
Code
Code CAN
CANIO Mes
Messages
3201 CANIO PCB errors. Not used with Schindler 3100/3300/5300
to If one of these errors occurs: Please contact a specialist or hotline Locarno.
3216
Code TSD Messages

3301 N-KNE
-KNET
T IN NO
NON
N TSD
TSD
The elevator has detected a change of the signal KNET (state of triangle key at
landing door) which is only used together with TSD (temporary safety device) but
the TSD is not detected as present.
C1:The wiring at the signal KNET is faulty


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code TSD Messages

3302 JREC IN TSD
The elevator has detected a change of the signal JREC (state of inspection
switch on top-of-car inspection panel) which is only used together with standard
top-of-car inspection but the standard top-of-car inspection is not detected as
present. TSD (temporary safety device) is detected as present instead.
C1:The wiring at the signal JREC is faulty
another elevator
33
3303
03 EL
ELEV
EVAATOR
TOR KSR-
KSR-AA IN NON
NON TSD
TSD
The elevator has detected a change of the signal KSR_A (state of TSD lever)
which is only used together with TSD (temporary safety device) but the TSD is
not detected as present.
C1:The wiring at the signal KSR_A is faulty
another elevator
33
3304
04 TS
TSD
DF FOR
ORBIBIDD
DDEN
EN CCAR
AR ROO
ROOFF ACT
ACTIOION
N
A forbid
forbidden
This den car
causes rroof
oof action
a potentially for the T
dangerous TSD
SD (Tempora
(Temporary
situation for ry
theSafety Device)
Detechnician.
service vice) was detected.
detected.
C1:A button on the inspection panel (Stop, Up, Down) was pressed or the
TSD lever was activated by the service technician on the car top while the
car wasn't in inspection mode.
A1:Leave the car roof. Perform a elevator main controller reset and activate
the TSD correctly.
C2:Bad connection between the inspection panel and the IO interface board
on the car (SDIC)
A2:Check plug and wiring of the inspection panel on the car top
C3:KNET input signal not working
A3:Check operation of KNET input signal on elevator main controller board
C4:Faulty KNET switch on a landing door
A4:Check operation of KNET switches
*) The with *)
information marked
please error your
contact descriptions are
specialist ornot officially
Hotline released by R&D. For further
Locarno.
Code HMI Messa
Code Message gess
3401
340 1 HMI VALUE
VALUE OUT OF OF LOWER
LOWER BO BOUND
UND *)
*)
3402
340 2 HMI VALUE
VALUE OUT OF OF UPPER
UPPER BO BOUND
UND *)
*)


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3501
3501 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN
CHAIN PIT CONTACT
CONTACT OVER
OVERBRIDG
BRIDGING
ING ACTIV
ACTIVA
ATION
The overbridging of the safety circuit contacts in the pit (for example, used in fire
operation Korea) wasn't successful.
C1:Overbridging relays defect
A1:Check function of relays RUESG, RUESG1 and RSG_A
C2:Wiring from/to overbridging relays bad
A2:Check wiring of relays RUESG, RUESG1 and RSG_A
C3:Fieldbus
log) communication problem (please check previous errors in error
A3:Check error 3603 for cause and actions
3502
3502 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CHAIN
CHAIN PI
PIT
T CONT
CONTACT
ACT OVER
OVERBRI
BRIDG
DGING
ING LOST
LOST
The overbridging of the safety circuit contacts in the pit (for example, used in fire
operation Korea) was lost.
C3:Fieldbus communication problem (please check previous errors in error
log)
3503 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN
CHAIN PIT CONT
CONTACT
ACT OOVERB
VERBRIDGI
RIDGING
NG DEACT
DEACTIV
IVA
ATION
The cancellation of the overbridging of the safety circuit contacts in the pit (for
example, used in fire operation Korea) wasn't successful.
log)
3504
3504 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN PIT CONTACT
CONTACT UNEXP
UNEXPECTE
ECTED DO
OVERB
VERBRIDG
RIDGING
ING
An unexpected
unexpected overbr
overbridging
idging of the safety circuit contacts
contacts in the pit has occurred.
occurred.

log)
3505
3505 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN
CHAIN KNA CONTACT
CONTACT OVERBRIDG
OVERBRIDGING
ING ACTIV
ACTIVA
ATION
The overbridging
overbridging of the safety circuit contact at the car emergency exit (for
example, used in fire operation Korea) wasn't successful.
C1:SIAP PCB defect (for example, relays simulating door zone (PHS/PHS1)
defect)
A1:Replace SIAP board


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3506
3506 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CHAIN
CHAIN KN
KNAA CONT
CONTACT
ACT OVER
OVERBRI
BRIDGI
DGING
NG LOS
LOST
T
The overbridging
overbridging of the safety circuit contact at the car emergency exit (for
example, used in fire operation Korea) was lost.
defect)
3507
3507 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN
CHAIN KNA
KNA CONT
CONTACT
ACT OVER
OVERBRIDG
BRIDGING
ING DEACT
DEACTIV
IVA
ATION
The cancellation of the overbridging
overbridging of the safety circuit contact at the car
emergency exit (for example, used in fire operation Korea) wasn't successful.
defect)
3508
3508 SAFETY
SAFETY CHAIN KNA CONTACT
CONTACT UNEX
UNEXPECT
PECTED
ED OVERBRIDG
OVERBRIDGING
ING
An unexpected
unexpected overbrid
overbridging
ging of
of the safety circuit
circuit contact
contact at
at the car emergency
emergency exit
has occurred.
defect)
3509 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN
CHAIN SIM DOOR
DOORZONE
ZONE CONT
CONTACT
ACT OV
OVERBRI
ERBRIDGING
DGING ACTIVA
ACTIVATION
UNSUCCESSFUL
The overbridging of the door safety circuit contacts, allowing to travel the car with
opened doors (for example, used in fire operation Korea) wasn't successful.
C1:Wiring of door zone simulation bad
A1:Check connections between SUET board and SIAP board
defect)
C3:Door safety circuit overbridging failed
A3:Check errors 0338 for cause and actions
3510 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN SIM DOORZONE
DOORZONE CONTCONTACT
ACT OVER
OVERBRIDG
BRIDGING
ING LOST
The overbridging of the door safety circuit contacts, allowing to travel the car with
opened doors (for example, used in fire operation Korea) was lost.
C1:Wiring of door zone simulation bad
A1:Check connections between SUET board and SIAP board
defect)
C3:Door safety circuit overbridging lost
3511
3511 SAFETY
SAFETY CHAIN SIM DOORZONE
DOORZONE CONTCONTACT
ACT OVE
OVERBRIDG
RBRIDGING
ING
DEACTIVATION UNSUCCESSFUL
The cancellation of the overbridging of the door safety circuit contacts, allowing to
travel the car with opened doors (for example, used in fire operation Korea)
wasn't successful.
C1:Cancellation of door safety circuit overbridging failed
3512
3512 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CHAI
CHAINN SIM DO
DOORORZO
ZONE
NE CONT
CONTACT
ACT U UNEX
NEXPEC
PECTED
TED
OVERBRIDG
OVER BRIDGING
ING *)


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3513
3513 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CHAIN
CHAIN ERR
ERROR
OR NOT REC
RECOV
OVERA
ERABLE
BLE
The elevator wasn't able to recover from a opened safety circuit error (typ. after
20 repetitive door closing attempts). The elevator is blocked.
C1:Safety chain is open permanently
A1:Check where safety chain is open and why it does not close
3514 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN PIT ACTIVA
ACTIVATION CHECK UNSUCCESS
UNSUCCESSFUL FUL
The periodic check if the overbridging of the safety circuit contacts in the pit is
running (for example, used in fire operation Korea) has failed.
log)
3515 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN PIT DEACTIV
DEACTIVA ATION CHECK
CHECK UNSUCC
UNSUCCESSF
ESSFUL
UL
The periodic check if the cancellation of the overbridging of the safety circuit
contacts in the pit is running (for example, used in fire operation Korea) has
failed.

log)
3516
3516 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CHAIN
CHAIN KNA
KNA ACTIV
ACTIVATION
TION CHECK
CHECK UNSUCCE
UNSUCCESSF
SSFUL
UL
The periodic check if the overbridging of the safety circuit contact at the car
emergency exit is running (for example, used in fire operation Korea) has failed.
defect)
3517 SAFE
SAFETY
TY CHAIN KNA DEACTIV
DEACTIVA
ATION CHEC
CHECK
K UNSUCC
UNSUCCESSF
ESSFUL
UL
The periodic check if the cancellation of the overbridging of the safety circuit
contact at the car emergency exit is running (for example, used in fire operation
Korea) has failed.

defect)
3550
3550 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT
T NO
NOTT CLO
CLOSED
SED AT ISK
ISK
Safety circuit not closed at tap 'ISK' when expected to be closed (for example,
before starting a trip)
C1:At least one car door hasn't closed (for example, KTC open)
A1:Check why the corresponding door hasn't closed
adjusted
3551
3551 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITT NOT
NOT CLOSED
CLOSED AT ISPTISPT
Safety circuit not closed at tap 'ISPT' when expected to be closed (for example,


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3553
3553 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITTNNOT
OT CLOSED
CLOSED AT IRTS
IRTS
Safety circuit not closed at tap 'IRTS' when expected to be closed (for example,
C1:At least one landing door hasn't closed (for example, KTS open)
A1:Check why the corresponding door hasn't closed
adjusted
3554
3554 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITTNNOT
OT CLOSED
CLOSED AT IHC1IHC1
Safety circuit not closed at tap 'ISPT' when expected to be closed (for example,
35
3560
60 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY CCIR
IRCU
CUIT
IT NNOT
OT O
OPE
PENENED D AT
AT ISK
ISK
Safety circuit not opened at tap 'ISK' when expected to be opened (for example,
while opening door)
C1:The safety circuit at the car door is bridged or a car door safety contact
is defective (for example, KTC stuck together)
A1:Check safety circuit for bridges (for example, plugs) and corresponding
door safety circuit contacts for correct operation
3561
3561 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITTN NOT
OT OPENE
OPENED DAAT
T IKTC
IKTC
Safety circuit not opened at tap 'IKTC' when expected to be opened (for example,
while opening door)
1 KTC
KTC co
cont
ntac
actt dete
detect
cted
ed a
alw
lway
ays
s cl
clos
osed
ed Chec
Checkk prop
proper
er KTC
KTC ope
opera
rati
tion
on.. Chec
Check
k if
bridges are installed on KTC
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3562
3562 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITTNNOT
OT OPENE
OPENED DA
AT
T IRTS
IRTS
Safety circuit not opened at tap 'IRTS' when expected to be opened (for example,
while opening door)
C1:At Bionic Control: The safety circuit at the landing door is bridged or a
landing door safety contact is defective (for example, KTS stuck together)
A1:Check safety circuit for bridges (for example, plugs) and corresponding
door safety circuit contacts for correct operation
3564
3564 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITTN NOT
OT OPENE
OPENED DAAT
T ISKT
ISKT44
Safety circuit not opened at tap 'ISKT4' when expected to be opened (for
example, while opening door)

1 KV conta
contact
ct is dete
detected
cted as a
alway
lways
s open
open Check
Check prope
properr opera
operation
tion of KV.
KV. Check
Check
that no bridges are installed on KV
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3565
3565 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITTNNOT
OT OPENE
OPENED DA
AT
T I2KV
I2KV
Safety circuit not opened at tap 'I2KV' when expected to be opened (for example,
while opening door)
3566
3566 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT TNNOT
OT OPENE
OPENED DAAT
T I2KT
I2KTC
C
Safety circuit not opened at tap 'I2KTC' when expected to be opened (for
example, while opening door)
35
3567
67 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY CI
CIRC
RCUIUITT NOT
NOT OPEN
OPENED ED
Safety circuit detected not opened. This is a generic error where the specific
diagnostics are not possible


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
35
3570
70 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY CIRC
CIRCUI
UIT
T OPE
OPENE
NEDD AT
AT ISK
ISK
Safety circuit opened unexpected (for example, during trip) at tap 'ISK'
C1:The car has exceeded the hoistway end limit (for example, KNE, KNE_U,
KNE_D)
(perform reset procedure).
C2:The car has exceeded the maximum speed limit (for example, KBV)
A2:Check why the car has exceeded the maximum speed (ascending or
descending overspeed). Check log for possible previous reported
messages. Release elevator from blocked state (perform reset procedure).
C3:The car safety gear is engaged (for example, KF)
A3:Release the car from engaged safety gear (perform reset procedure)
C4:The car emergency exit door is not locked (for example, KNA)
A4:Close and lock the car emergency exit door
adjusted
35
3571
71 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY C
CIR
IRCU
CUIT
IT O
OPE
PENE
NED D AT
AT ISPT
ISPT
Safety circuit opened unexpected (for example, during trip) at tap 'ISPT'
C1:The car speed governor rope tension is too low (for example, KSSBV)
A1:Check why the car speed governor rope tension is too low.
C2:The pit ladder is not retracted
A2:Retract pit ladder
adjusted
35
3573
73 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY CIR
CIRCU
CUIT
IT O
OPE
PENE
NED D AT
AT IRTS
IRTS
Safety circuit opened unexpected (for example, during trip) at tap 'IRTS'
C1:At least one landing door has opened (for example, KTS)
A1:Check why the corresponding door has opened
adjusted
A2:Check general
corresponding wiring
safety safety
circuit circuit and safety circuit contacts at
section
35
3575
75 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY CIRC
CIRCUI
UIT
T OPEN
OPENEDED AT
AT IU
IUSK
SK
Safety circuit opened unexpected (for example, during trip) at tap 'IUSK'
C1:The power supply of the safety circuit is faulty
A1:Check operation of power supply (for example, fuses, input power etc.)
C2:Earth fault
A2:Check safety circuit for short circuit to earth
35
3582
82 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY C
CIR
IRCU
CUIT
IT T
TES
EST
T CAR
CAR F FAI
AILU
LURE
RE
The circuitry for detecting the door illegal bypass is defect on the car
3583
3583 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT T TEST
TEST SHAFT
SHAFT FAILAILURE
URE
The circuitry for detecting the door illegal bypass is defect in the LDU
3584 SAFETY CIRCUIT MANUAL BYPASS BEGIN
BEGIN
The maintenance person removed plug on bypass socket


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Safe
Safety
ty Ch
Chai
ain
n Mess
Messag
ages
es (SIA
(SIAP)
P)
3586 SAFETY CIRCUIT MANUAL BYPASS END
The maintenance person placed "NORMAL" plug on bypass socket
3587
3587 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUITT TEST
TEST TTAP
AP CAR
CAR FAIL
FAILURE
URE
The controller detects that one of the following taps: IKTC, IRTTC, I2KTC fails to
work
35
3588
88 SA
SAFE
FETY
TY CIRC
CIRCUIUIT
T TES
TEST T FAI
FAILU
LURE
RE
The controller detects a generic failure on safety chain
3589
3589 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT T MANUA
MANUAL L BY
BYP PASS INV
INVALI
ALIDD
The maintenance person placed "LAND" plug on bypass socket with automatic
door system
3590
3590 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT
T MANUA
MANUAL L BY
BYPPASS HW F FAIL
AILURE
URE
The elevator detects an HW failure on the bypass socket
3591
3591 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT T TEST
TEST TTAP
AP SHAF
SHAFT T FAIL
FAILURE
URE
The controller detects that one of the following taps: ISKT3B, IRTS, I2KV, IRTTV,
ISKT4 fails to work
3596
3596 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT T RECO
RECOVERVERYY SUCC
SUCCESSESSFUL
FUL *)
3597
3597 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT T RECOV
RECOVER ERY
Y UNSUC
UNSUCCES CESSFU
SFUL L *)
3598
3598 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRCUI
CIRCUIT T RECOVE
RECOVER RY DOOR
DOOR SUCCSUCCESSESSFUL
FUL *)
3599
3599 SAF
SAFETY
ETY CIRC
CIRCUIT
UIT RECO
RECOVERVERYY DOOR
DOOR UNS UNSUCC
UCCESSESSFUL
FUL *)
*)
Code
Code Commu
ommunnic
ica
atio
ion
n Me
Messages
36
3601
01 BU
BUS
SSSCA
CAN
NF FAI
AILE
LED
D ((CA
CAN
NBBUS
US))
At startup the controller cchecks
hecks if all bus no
nodes
des (for example,
example, landing
landing operating
operating
panels) are communicating with the main controller. This error occurs if this check
fails. Note that this error does not occur if an additional node is connected to the
bus.
C1:Bad connection to any bus node (for example, landing operating panel)
A1:Check generally bus wiring. Check bus connector on controller main
board and at all bus nodes.
C2:Bad bus power supply
A2:Check supply voltage on bus for instability
C3:EMC problems
A3:Check entire bus for interferences
3602
602 LOP C
CO
OUNT
UNT F
FAI
AILE
LEDD
After configuration
configuration of
of the bus nodes
nodes (for example,
example, landing
landing operating panels) a
check of all possible node addresses is performed and the corresponding IO
function mapping get read. This error occurs if there is a communication problem
to any bus node during this phase.
board and at all bus nodes. Redo LOP count (CF00, LE00).
A2:Check supply voltage on bus for instability.Redo LOP count (CF00,
LE00).
C3:EMC problems
A3:Check entire bus for interferences. Redo LOP count (CF00, LE00).


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Commu
ommunnic
ica
atio
ion
n Me
Messages
3603 BIOBU
IOBUS
S NO
NODDE DEAD
DEAD
During operation the communication to a bus node (for example, landing
operating panel) has failed. Note that this error occurs every time the
communication got lost to a single bus node.
board and at all bus nodes.
A2:Check supply voltage on bus for instability
C3:EMC problems
A3:Check entire bus for interferences
3635 COM DDO
OOR NO
NODE DEAD
DEAD
The communication to the door operator is lost

1 Door node communicatio
communication
n disco
disconnected
nnected Check the
the according
according to communication
communication
bus connectors and reconnect
2 Communication failure due to faulty Check the shielding of the bus
shielding of the bus communication communication cables and restore
cables
Code Overlay M
Me
essages
40
4050
50 AA
AAT
T CA
CALL
LL SIM
SIM STAR
START
T
This event informs that calls are automatically generated and a certain number of
trip would be executed.
40
4051
51 AA
AAT T CAL
CALLL SIM
SIM TERM
TERMININAATE
TEDD
This event informs that the automatic calls generator has been disabled since the
amount of trip requested has been reached.
4305
4305 SAF
SAFETY
ETY DEVICE
DEVICE CAR UNINTE
UNINTENDE
NDED D MOVE
MOVEMENMENT T
A elevator safety
safety device has
has detected that
that the car has performed
performed a uncontrolled
uncontrolled
movement (for example, left the door zone with door open).
C1:Serious failure at traction means or brake
A1:Check carefully reason for unintended car movement and resolve
problem. Release elevator from blocked state by dedicated reset of the
tripped safety device.
46
4601
01 TM RRES
ESID
IDUA
UALL ST
STRE
RENG
NGTH
TH WWAR
ARNI
NING
NG
Traction media residual strength insufficient warning
C1:The number of bending cycles respectively the trip count approaches
the service limits.
A1: Initiate replacement of traction media before the end of the estimated
lifetime.
4602
4602 TM RES
RESIDU
IDUAL
AL STR
STRENG
ENGTH
TH INS
INSUFF
UFFICI
ICIENT
ENT
Traction media residual strength insufficient
C1:The maximal permitted bend cycle count or trip count for the traction
media had been exceeded
A1: Replace traction media
46
4603
03 TM BE
BEND
NDIN
ING
G STR
STRES
ESSS COU
COUNT
NT RE
RESE
SET
T
Traction media bending stress counter reset
C1:The maintenance person enters a new STM manufacturing date: the
bending counter has been reset (set to 0)
A1:None


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Overlay M
Meessages
4604
4604 TM B
BEND
ENDING
ING STRES
STRESS
S WARN
WARNING
ING LIM
LIMIT
IT CHAN
CHANGE
GED
D
The maximum permitted traction media bending stress count warning limit was
changed. The bending stress warning limit in% of the maximum permitted
bending stress count.
C1: The maintenance person enters a new STM manufacturing date: the
bending counter has been reset (set to 0)
A1: None
46
4605
05 TM BBEN
ENDI
DING
NG STR
STRES
ESS
S MAXI
MAXIMU
MUM
M CHANG
CHANGED
ED
The maximum permitted traction media bending stress count was changed. The
new maximum permitted bending stress counts.
46
4606
06 TM AG
AGIN
ING
G CLO
CLOCK
CK FAI
FAILU
LURERE
The elevator clock is not running or is delayed.
C1:The date of the elevator clock is not set or is wrong. This could be
caused by a loss of mains and battery power.
A1:Set the correct date.
4607 TM M
MAX
AX AGE
AGE WAR
WARNINING
NG
The age of the traction media approached the end of life, initiate its replacement.
C1:The age of the traction media reached the defined percentage of the
service limit.
A1:Initiate replacement of traction media before the end of the estimated
lifetime.
46
4608
08 TM MAMAXX AGE
AGE EXCE
EXCEED
EDED
ED
The maximum permitted age of the traction media is exceeded, it shall be
replaced.
C1:The maximum permitted age of the traction media was exceeded.
A1:Replace the traction media.
C2:The elevator clock date is not correct.
A2:Set the correct date.
4610
4610 TM RES STRENG
STRENGTH TH MONI
MONITOR
TORING
ING VIRGIN
VIRGIN STOR
STORAGE
AGE DETECT
DETECT
Either the master or backup storages for traction media insufficient strength
monitoring is virgin (empty). The virgin storage is initialized with a copy of the
STM Monitoring data.
C1:The controller founds that one of the redundant media does not
contains any data. The controller rebuilds the STM information.
A1:None.
4611
4611 TM RES STRENG
STRENGTH
TH MONI
MONITOR
TORING
ING REF KEY MISM
MISMA
ATCH
Reference key mismatch of master and backup storages of traction media
insufficient strength monitoring. The reference key consists of the manufacturing
date of the oldest traction media and the commission number.
C1:Commissioning number differs between controller and chip card
A1:Replace chip card with correct commissioning number


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Overlay M
Me
essages
4612
4612 TM RES STRENG
STRENGTH
TH M
MONIT
ONITORIN
ORING
G DAT
DATA MISMA
MISMATCH
TCH
Data mismatch between master and backup storages of traction media
insufficient strength monitoring. The reference keys of both storages are identical.
The highest STM trip count value and the lowest STM trip count limit are
replicated to both storages.
C1:The controller found different STM bending counter in the redundant
storages.
A1:None
C2:The controller found different STM bending limits in the redundant

storages. The new value is taken from chip card.
A2:None
C3:The controller found different STM bending warning levels in the
redundant storages. The new value is taken from chip card.
A3:None
C4:The controller found different SBPT in the redundant storages. The new
value is taken from chip card.
A4:None
4613
4613 TM RE
RES
S STRENG
STRENGTH
TH MONIT
MONITORI
ORING
NG BACKU
BACKUP
P MISSIN
MISSING
G
Missing backup storage of traction media insufficient strength monitoring.
C1: STM data cannot be saved on chip card
A1:Replace chip card with one with 1k
4615
4615 TM DA
DAT
TA ME
MEMO
MORY
RY RECOV
RECOVERERYY SUCCE
SUCCESSSS
Successful recovery of traction media data storage memory
C1:A mismatch in STM data has been found and solved.
A1:Check previous log entries to see the reason of mismatch.
4616
4616 TM DA
DAT
TA MEMOR
MEMORY Y REC
RECOVOVER
ERYY UNSUCC
UNSUCCESS ESSFUL
FUL
Recovery of traction media data storage memory was not successful. The
reference key did not match any of the storages or restore failed.
C1:Reference key entered is wrong.
A1:Enter the correct reference key for the elevator from the maintenance
log.
C2:Fault of one or both storage devices.
A2:Replace the faulty storage device. See previous log entry for detail.
C3:Both storage devices are from a different elevator or virgin.
A3:Re-enter the STM installation data from the maintenance log.
C4:STM chip card option is missing
A4:Replace chip card with one with STM option enabled
4617
4617 TM INS
INST
TALL
ALLAATION
TION DAT
DATA ENTER
ENTEREDED
Traction media installation data had been entered successfully.
C1:The procedure of configuring the STM parameter is terminated
A1:Reset the controller
46
4618
18 TM ST
STRE
RESS
SS COUN
COUNT T EN
ENTETERE
RED
D
The STM stress count (trip or tend cycle counter) was set.
C1:A new STM bending counter has been entered. The advanced STM
configuration has been used.
A1:None
46
4619
19 TM A
AGI
GING
NG C
CLO
LOCK
CK RECO
RECOVE
VER
RY SUCC
SUCCES
ESS
S
The failure of the internal clock had been recovered.
C1:The maintenance person set the clock

A1:None


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Overlay M
Me
essages
4620
4620 TM AG
AGING
ING CLOCK
CLOCK RECOV
RECOVER
ERY
Y FAIL
AILED
ED
The failure of the internal clock had not been recovered within the permitted time.
C1:The internal clock had been stopped due to a loss of mains and battery
power.
A1:Set date and time.
C2:The controller expects soon an STM expiration
C3:The
time controller uses all the 210 days granted to set the correct date and
46
4621
21 TM RE
RETTAINE
AINERR FAI
FAILU
LURE
RE
The failure of the belt retainer has been detected. Only recall, installation and
inspection movements are allowed
C1:The belt retainer has reported a problem
A1:Inspect belt, inspect retainer.
46
4622
22 TM RRET
ETAI
AINE
NERR RECO
RECOVEVERRY SU
SUCC
CCESESS
S
The belt retainer has encouraged from an error
4623 TM ECM ERROR
The STM conductivity test has failed
C1:Ground failure on the belt
A1:Inspect the belts
4624
624 TM_EC
ECMM _W
_WARNIN
RNINGG
The conductivity test is out of range.
46
4625
25 TM EC
ECMM UNA
UNAV VAILA
AILABLBLE E
The conductivity device for STM:- Is no more alive (heartbeat lost)- Reports self
check failure- Reports calibration error
C1:ECM calibration failure
A1:None
C2:ECM heartbeat is lost
A2:Check communication cable
C3:ECM reports a self test failure
A3:Replace hardware
46
4626
26 TM EC
ECM
M AVAILA
AILABL
BLE
E
The conductivity device for STM is back in normal monitoring operation.
4627
4627 TM RE
RESS AGING
AGING MONIT
MONITORIORINGNG DAT
DATA MISMA
MISMATCH
TCH
Data mismatch between master and backup storages of traction media aging
monitoring. The reference keys of both storage are identical. The aging limit and
the aging warning limit differs on both storages.
C1:Manufacturing date differs
A1:Activate menu 190 and enter the correct belt manufacturing date.
C2:Aging limit differs
A2:Clear the fatal error
C3:Aging warning limit differs
A3:Clear the fatal error
46
4630
30 TM B
BEN
ENDI
DING
NG STR
STRESESSS COUN
COUNT
T ENTE
ENTERE
RED
D
Traction media bending stress counter entered
C1:There is a problem with the cabling.
A1:Check the proper cabling of the overlay box.


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Overlay M
Meessages
4631
4631 TM BEN
BENDIN
DING
GSSTRE
TRESS
SS COUNT
COUNTER
ER MISMA
MISMATCH
TCH
This error is generated when there is a mismatch between bending counter in
EEPROM and on SIM card.
4632
4632 TM MAN
MANUFUFACT
ACTURI
URING
NG DATE
DATE MISMA
MISMATCHTCH
This error is generated when there is a mismatch between manufacturing date in
EEPROM and on sim card
47
4701
01 OV
OVER
ERLA
LAYY HEAR
HEARTB
TBEAEAT
T MI
MISS
SSIN
ING
G
The heartbeat from the overlay is missing.
The main controller did loose for some time the connection to the overlay board.
In case this error is detected the bionic controller gets out of the group and
continues to serve all calls in a simplex fashion.
If the connection to the overlay is recovered the information OVERLAY
HEARTBEAT RECOVERED is recorded in the log as well.
C1:There is a problem with the cabling.
A1:Check the proper cabling of the overlay box.
C2:The overlay board has a problem
A2:
C3:The overlay did perform a reset
A3:
4703
4703 OVE
OVERLA
RLAY
Y HEARTB
HEARTBEA
EAT
T RECOVE
RECOVERED
RED
The elevator control starts to receive the heartbeat from the overlay.
C1:This information is stored in the log of events if a previously lost
connection to the overlay board is now recovered.
A1:none
4705
4705 OVE
OVERLA
RLAY Y ELEV
ELEVA ATO
TOR R IN GROU
GROUP P MISSI
MISSING
NG
Overlay component are missing in the group.
C1:This error is inserted in the log if one or more controllers are no longer
part of the group. It is possible that the error is detected only by some
elevators of the group.
A1:To better understand what causes the issue it is advised to check the
overlay monitoring menu (HMI menu 30 > 309) as the values there can be a
certain help in pinpointing where the group problem might be.
4706
4706 OVE
OVERLA
RLAYY ALL
ALL ELEV
ELEVAATORS
TORS ARE
ARE IN
IN GR
GROUP
OUP
Overlay component are all present
C1:A previously reported
rep orted error OVERLAY ELEV
ELEVAT
ATOR
OR IN GROUP MISSING
MISS ING is
now recovered.
A1:None
Code
Code Telem
elemon
onit
itor
orin
ingg Mess
Messag
ages
es
5002
5002 RM NO PHYS
PHYSICAICALL DA
DAT
TA CO
CONNE
NNECTI
CTION
ON TO CC
The data connection from the elevator (remote monitoring data communication
device, for example, modem) to the control center hasn't physically established or
was physically interrupted
C1:Connection physically interrupted or bad
A1:Check data connection (for example, phone line)
C2:Data speed negotiation failed (for example, at modem)
A2:Check configuration (for example, country code)


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code
Code Telem
elemon
onit
itor
orin
ing
g Mess
Messag
ages
es
50
5003
03 RM DAT
DATA LLIN
INEE TO
TO CC
CC BUS
BUSYY
device, for example, modem) to the control center hasn't physically established
because the line was busy
C1:Control center not able to answer call of elevator (for example, too busy)
A1:Do nothing. Wait for next calling attempt.
5004
5004 RM NO LOG
LOGICA
ICALL DA
DATTA CO
CONNE
NNECTI
CTION
ON TO CC
device, for example, modem) to the control center hasn't logically established or
was logically interrupted
C1:Authentication failure
A1:Check parameterization of remote monitoring (for example, password)
5005 RM M
MAX
AX DA
DAT
TA CONNECT
CONNECTION ION ATTEM
ATTEMPTS
PTS TO CC EX
EXCEED
CEEDED
ED
There were several failed attempts (typically 5) from the elevator control to
establish the data connection to the control center. No further attempts are
performed within the next 24 hours. See previous logged errors to get the reason
of the problem.
5006
5006 RM M MAX
AX DA
DAT
TA CONNEC
CONNECTIOTIONN TIME
TIME TO CCCC EXCEE
EXCEEDEDDED
The maximum connection time between the elevator (remote monitoring data
communication device, for example, modem) to the control center has exceeded.
The connection is aborted.
C1:Too slow data transmission due to bad signal connection
A1:Check quality of data connection

5007
5007 RM D
DA
ATA COMM
COMMUNIUNICA
CATIO
TION
N DEVIC
DEVICEE DEAD
DEAD
The communication between the elevator control and the remote monitoring data
communication device (for example, modem) has failed
C1:The connection between the elevator control board and the remote
monitoring data communication device (for example, modem) is faulty
A1:Check data connection. Attempt to do a new call using menu 126.
Replace SCPU, ISCPU or SMIC board.
C2:Remote monitoring data communication device (for example, modem)
defective
A2:Replace remote monitoring data communication device
C3:The communication device was configured and working but the
communication to it was purposefully blocked to use the terminal
application (not the CADI) for more that 15 minutes.
A3:The terminal application shares the same physical serial port of the
modem. Set the menu 106 to 0.
5008
5008 RM D
DAATA COMM
COMMUNI
UNICA
CATIO
TION
N DEVIC
DEVICEE ALIVE
ALIVE
The communication between the elevator control and the remote monitoring data
communication device (for example, modem) has reestablished
5009 RM CL
CLSD
SD FAILU
ILURE
The communication line sharing device has detected a failure of its internal
electronics.
Note that the telealarm device is still operable, but back-calls from the control
center to the telealarm or telemonitoring device are not possible anymore.
C1:Device internal failure
A1:Replace the CLSD PCB


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Car Alarm Messages

80
8001
01 CA
CAR
R ALAR
ALARMM BUTT
BUTTON
ON PRES
PRESSE
SED
D
Log alarm button states for enhanced diagnostic (misuse)
80
8002
02 CA
CARRAALA
LARM
RM BUTT
BUTTONON RELE
RELEASASED
ED
Log alarm button states for enhanced diagnostic (misuse)
80
8003
03 CA
CARR AL
ALAR
ARMM RE
RELA
LAYY ACTI
ACTIV VATED
TED
Log alarm relay states for enhanced diagnostic (misuse)
8004
8004 CAR ALARM
ALARM RELA
RELAY DEACTI
DEACTIV VATED
Log alarm relay states for enhanced diagnostic (misuse)
80
8005
05 CA
CARR IINV
NVAL
ALID
ID AL
ALAR
ARMMD DET
ETEC
ECTE
TEDD
Alarm button
button pressed or
or relay activated
activated was received
received during the
the usual filtering
filtering
time
80
8006
06 CA
CARR ALAR
ALARM M FI
FIL
LTERE
TEREDD
An alarm
alarm was received in no
normal
rmal mode
mode but
but with the door
door not
not fully open or with the
car not traveling
80
8007
07 CA
CARRVVAL
ALIDID AL
ALAR
ARM
M DE
DETE
TECT
CTED
ED
An alarm was received during th
the
e time when the alarm circuit discriminator
discriminator is not
not
active.
80
8008
08 CA
CARRA ALA
LARM
RM FOR
FORWARDE
ARDED D
An alarm
alarm was received while the discriminator
discriminator was active, the system tried
tried to free
the passenger in time but did fail and thus the alarm is automatically forwarded by
the system.
80
8009
09 CA
CAR
RA ALA
LARM
RM DEVI
DEVICECE OFF
OFF HOOHOOK K
The alarm device is on the line for an alarm call.
80
8010
10 CA
CAR
RA ALA
LARM
RM DDEV
EVIC
ICEE ON
ON HOO
HOOK
The alarm device is no longer on the line for an alarm call.
80
801
11 CAR
CAR AALA
LARM
RM TEST
TEST ENAB
ENABLE LEDD
A valid COP alarm
alarm button sequence has been executed or or the appropriate
appropriate menu
menu
(134) has been activated. The elevator informed telealarm device that next alarm
would be a test alarm.
80
8012
12 CA
CARR AL
ALAR
ARM
MT TES
ESTT STAR
STARTETED
D
An alarm button
button pressed has been d
detected
etected and is a test one.
8013 CAR
CAR AALLAR
ARMMT TES
ESTT END
END
An alarm button
button pressed has been d
detected
etected and was a test one.
one.
80
8014
14 CA
CARRAALA
LARM
RM TEST
TEST DISA
DISABL
BLED
ED
This message
keyboard. Thismeans that
event is no test
coming alarm
after has been performed
a predefined on(usually
time window the COP 30s)
where the maintenance person can perform a test alarm.
8017 MAIN SW
SWITITCH
CH OFF
Main switches has been switched off (JH).
80
8018
18 MA
MAIN
INS
S POW
POWERER FAILU
AILURE
RE
Phase of power line is lost for at least 1200 ms- Power phase has rot
rotated
ated for at
leastt 1
leas 1200
200 ms.
80
8019
19 CA
CARRE EME
MERG
RGEN
ENCY
CY LIGH
LIGHT T DEF
DEFECECTT
Emergency car light is broken.
80
8020
20 CAR
CAR E
EME
MERG
RGENENCYCY LI
LIGH
GHTT OK
OK
Emergency car light is available
80
8021
21 CA
CAR
RRROO
OOFF TEM
TEMPE PERA
RATUTURE
RE OK
Car roof temperature is in range. See range thresholds CF22PA27 and
CF22PA28


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Code Car Alarm Messages

8022
8022 CAR ROOF
ROOF TEMP
TEMPERA
ERATUR
TURE
EOOUT
UT OF RANGE
RANGE
Car roof temperature is not in range. See range thresholds CF22PA27 and
CF22PA28
80
8023
23 CA
CARR AL
ALARARMM BU
BUTT
TTOON DEFE
DEFECT CT
Alarm button
button on COP is defect.
defect.
80
8024
24 CA
CARR ALAR
ALARM M BUTT
BUTTON
ON OK
Alarm button
button on COP is OK.
OK.
8025
8025 EL
ELECT
ECTRIC
RICALAL IND
INDICA
ICATO
TORR COP FAIL
Electrical indicator on COP are defect.
80
8028
28 SE
SELF
LF TEST
TEST TRIP
TRIP PERF
PERFOR
ORME
MEDD
Self test trip has been triggered. See parameters CF22PA7 and CF22PA8.
80
8030
30 ECU
ECU TEM
TEMPE PERARATU
TURE
RE OK
Temperature in the ECU is normal.
80
8031
31 EC
ECU
U TEMP
TEMPERERA ATU
TURE
RE O
OUT
UT OF
OF RANG
RANGE
E
Temperature in the ECU is out of range.
8032 MAIN SW
SWIT
ITCH
CH ON
Main switches (JH) has been switched on.
8033
033 MAINS
AINS POWERWER OK
Mains power is correctly detected.
80
8034
34 CA
CAR
R ALAR
ALARMM TEST
TEST FAIAILU
LURE
RE
Automated alarm test fai

Automated fails.
ls.
8035 CAR
CAR A
AL
LAR
ARMMT TES
ESTT OK
OK
Automated alarm test p
Automated passed.
assed.
80
8036
36 EL
ELEC
ECTR
TRIC
ICAL
AL IIND
NDIC
ICA
ATOR
TOR COP
COP OK
Electrical indicators on COP are OK
80
8038
38 CA
CARR DAI
DAIL LY TE
TEST
STSS NO
NOTT PERF
PERFOR
ORME
MED
D
This event is logged in case of none of the following tests has been performed in
the previous 24h:- COP indicator- LOP indicator- Alarm- Emergency car light.
8039
8039 CAR ROOF
ROOF TEMPER
TEMPERA ATURE
TURE BRO
BROKEN
KEN MISSIN
MISSING G
Temperature sensor provides abnormal values
The temperature is above 120 ° C
or the temperature is below -40 ° C

1 Temperature sensor broken Replace sensor
2 Temperature sensor missing Check cabling
Code
Code Sw
Swit
itch
ch Co
Cont
ntro
roll
ller
er Mes
Message
sages
s
8099 SW OOU
UT OF RAM
Controller has finished the RAM


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
6 Configuration Pa
Parameters of
of tth
he B
Biionic 5 Control
This chapter has been moved to the TK Commissioning, EJ 604620.


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
A1 *E
Ele
leva
vato
torr S
Sttatus
atus In
Indi
dica
cati
tion
on (o
(on
nHHMI
MI))
The system status shows the

Rel.2
4
current control status or mode
5
7
0
(current service running).
1
0
0
1
Description
00 Out of serv
rvic
ice
e oper
peratio
ion
n
The elevator is out of service (SAB or JAB).
– Check whether JAB is switched o onn (LCUX, BIOGIO
BIOGIO or LOP).
LOP).
– Check menu 10 10 > 108
– To reset SAB (r (remote
emote JAB via Servitel) use menu menu 10 > 114
01 The elev
elevat
ator
or oper
operate
ates s in nor
normal
mal mode
mode (P (Pas
assesenge
ngerr trave
travell opera
operatio
tion)
n)
02 Inde
Indepepend
nden
entt oper
operatatio
ion,
n, rese
reservrvat
atio
ionn cont
controroll
The elevator is in independent service operation (reservation, for example JRVC)
03 Fire operation
The elevator is in fire recall operation (for example JBF)
04 * Fire
Firefi
figh
ghte
terr ope
opera
rati
tion
on
The elevator is in firefighter operation
05 Emerge
Emergenc ncy yppow
owerer operat
operation ion withou
withoutt lload
oad mon
monito itorin
ring
g
The elevator operates on emergency power with load measuring disabled.
06 Earthquake op operation
Earthquake service has been activated following the detection of an earthquake
condition.
07 * Emerg
Emergencency ymmed
edica
icall ttec
echni
hnicia
cian
n
The elevator is in medical technician operation. This operating mode is used by the
ambulance in order to get a needy person efficiently out of the building (independent
operation).
08 Sprinkler operation
Sprinkler service has been activated following activation of the sprinkler system.
09 * Water
ater in pit
pit oope
pera
rati
tion
on
The elevator is in recall operation due to water in the pit
10 At
Atte
tend
nded
ed pas asse
seng
ngerer tr
trav
avel
el op
oper
erat
atio
ion
n
Attendant service
service has bee beenn activated: Th
Thee elevator operation
operation is controlled by the
attendant in the car.
11 Passe
Passeng nger
er trave
travell oper
operatiation
on witho
without
ut load
load m mon
onito
itorin
ringg
The elevator operates normally (normal operation) but with load measuring
disables.
12 * Pass
Passeng
enger er re
rele
lease
ase trav
travelel oper
operatiation
on
Due to harmless technical defect the elevator operates is in a reduced operation
and releases all the passengers before it changes to breakdown state.
13 Power saving mode
Varidor 15 is in power saving mode.
16 Hos
Hospitita
al e
em
mergrgeency trav ravel
Controller is in hospital emergency travel service.
19 Pass
Passenenge
gerr trav
travel
el ful
fulll lo
load
ad sserervi
vic
ce
Controller is in full load service mode.
20 In car
car alar
alarm
m pas
passe
senge
ngerr ttra
ravel
vel opera
operatio
tion
n serv
service
ice
Alarm evacuation
evacuation service is active.
29 Move ar around op operation
The elevator performs simulated traffic (move around).
37 Out
Out ooff ser
servi
vice
ce du
duee tto
o sto
stopp iin
n car
car
The elevator is blocked after an emergency stop initiated by passenger action in the
car.


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Description
38 * Out of servi
service
ce due
due to to stop
stop in car firefight
firefighter
er
The elevator is stopped due to pressed firefighter stop switch in the car. Note that
while in firefighter operation the standard stop switch (if present) figures also as a
firefighter stop switch.
39 Out
Out ofof sse
ervic
rvice
e due
due to ca carr oove
verl
rloa
oadd
The car is blocked after an overload condition lasting for more than 30 seconds.
40 Out
Out o off s
serv
ervice
ice due to invali
invalid d con
config
figura
uratio
tion
nd dat
ata
a
The elevator is blocked because the elevator control detected invalid configuration
data, for example SIM card missing or defective.
41 * Out of serv
service
ice due to in invali
valid
d hoistw
hoistwayay image
image
The elevator is blocked because the necessary shaft image is not present (for
example, learning travel not performed)
42 Out
Out of servi
service
ce due
due to invali
invalid d LMS
LMS confi
configugurat
ration
ion
The elevator is blocked because the configuration of the load measurement is
invalid or missing (for example, car load measurement device not calibrated).
43 * Out of servi
service
ce due
due to to invalid
invalid driv
drivee config
configurat
uration
ion
The elevator is blocked because the necessary drive configuration data is invalid or
missing.
44 Out o off s
se
erv
rvic
ice
e ffrrom remote ote
Elevator is switched into out-of-service mode from remote.
45 Out
Out of se serv
rvic
ice
e STM
STM mo moninito
tori
ring
ng fa
failu
ilure
re
The elevator is blocked for automatic operation due to failure of the STM insufficient
residual strength monitoring.
50 * Se
Servrvic
icee tech
techni
nici
cianan vi
visi
sitt
The elevator is in service operation. Somebody (for example, service technician) is
on site and performing some maintenance work. The elevator is not available for the
public.
51 Installation travel
The elevator operates in Installation Travel mode, also known as Montagefahrt
(activation by special command on HMI)
52 Configuration m moode
The elevator operates in Configuration mode (activation by use of the HMI).
53 In
Ins
spec
pectioion
n machin
hine roo
room
The elevator operates in Recall Travel mode controlled from a person in the
machine room or at the LDU.
54 Inspection top of car
The elevator operates in Inspection Travel mode controlled from a person on the car
roof.
(May be indicated during start up of the elevator.)
55 * Insp
Inspececti
tion
on in ca
car
r
The elevator is in in-car inspection operation.
56 * Hois
Hoistwtway
ay acc
acces
ess
sc con
ontr
trol
ol
The elevator is in hoistway access control operation (inspection terminal landing)
57 Test travel
The elevator operates in Test Travel mode, also known as KFM (activation by use of
the HMI).
58 Acceptance Te Test mmoode
The elevator operates in “automatic acceptance test” mode
59 Learning travel
The elevator operates in Learning Travel mode.
60 Insp
Inspe ect
ctio
ion
n pre
preppar
aratatio
ionn tra
trave
vell
An automatic
automatic car positioning
positioning is in pro
progress
gress to provide
provide easy access to the car roof.
roof.
61 Over
Overspspee
eeddggov
over
erno
norr rres
eset
et tr
trav
avel
el
The elevator is in a specific overspeed governor reset travel operation which allows
manual resetting of the tripped car overspeed governor.
63 * Operati
Operation
on with
with disabled
disabled car load moni
monitori
toring
ng


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
Description
65 Inspection in pit
Service inspection in pit is active.
67 TSD21
TSD21 service is active.
70 Elevator recovery
An elevator recovery is in progress after
after a recoverable
recoverable error
error..
71 Elev
Elevat
ator
or temp
temper
erat
atur
uree rec
recovover
ery
y
An elevator recovery is in progress after
after an overtemperatu
overtemperature
re condition
condition (hoisting
motor, door motor).

72 Ele
Elevavato
torr c
car
ar posi
positi
tion
on reco
recovevery
ry
An elevator recovery is in progress afterafter a car position
position error
error (synchronization,
(synchronization,
ASMTL, etc.)
(If the car is not moving, check for the possible error. For example faulty CAN bus
connections.)
73 Ele
Elevavato
torr doo
doorr p
pos
osit
itio
ionn rrec
ecov
over
eryy
An elevator recovery is in progress afterafter a door
door error or door heart
heart beat error.
error.
74 * Elevat
Elevatoror bbac
ackup
kup pow
power er recov
recovery
ery
The elevator is recovering from a backup power (typically battery low) failure. See
message log for more information (previous logged errors).
75 Out
Out of seserv
rvic
ice
e due
due tto
o safe
safetyty cha
chainin ope
opennaatt IS
ISPT
PT
The elevator is blocked because of the interruption of the safety chain at ISPT.
80 Stop switch
The elevator is blocked after an emergency stop initiated by pressing any stop
switch.
81 * Stop
Stop s
switc
witchh press
pressed
ed oonn th
the
e top
top of the car
82 * St
Stop
op swi
switctch
h ma
mach
chin
ine
e ro
room
om
Pressed stop switch in the machine room
85 * Stop
Stop s
switc
witchh press
pressed
ed in
in the
the hoistw
hoistwayay head
head
86 Stop
top swit
switc ch pre
press
ssed
ed in the
the pit
pit
87 Out
Out of
of ser
servi
vice
ce du
due
e to
to bra
brakke fai
failu
lure
re (brake
(brake torque monitoring test failed)
88 Out
Out o
off s
ser
ervic
vice
e due
due to st
stat
atic
ic safet
safetyy circ
circuit
uit open
open
Elevator is blocked due to persistent safety circuit open
89 * Out
Out of serv
service
ice due
due to ddisa
isable
bledd mo
monit
nitor
or
The elevator is not operating because of bypassed failure detection
90 * El
Elev
evat
ator
or unk
unkno
nown
wn stat
statee
91 Elevator startup
The elevator (main controller) is starting up (for example, after resumed power
supply)
95 * Out
Out of servi
service
ce due to p
powower
er dow
down n
97 Elevat
Elevator
or break
breakdo
down
wn persi
persiststen
entt limi
limited
ted operat
operation
ion
98 Elevator br
breakdown
The elevator is blocked following a fatal error.
Unblocking after a manual reset or power cycle.
A previous evacuation
evacuation trip
trip was possible
possible..
99 Ele
Eleva
vato
torr bre
break
akdo
down
wn pers
persisiste
tent
nt (SW
(SW ≥ V9.72)
The elevator is permanently blocked.
Unblocking after a special on-site procedure.
A previous evacuation
evacuation trip
trip was possible
possible..
* = defined but not yet available


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
A2 List of Country Codes
Country Codes
(sorted by
country)
[24254; 12.10.2007]


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
[24255; 12.10.2007]


EJ 604639 12
Diagnostics
[24256; 12.10.2007]

Chindler Elevator Bionic5 Bionic7

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chindler Elevator Bionic5 Bionic7

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Diagnostics and Troubleshooting

Modification 10 11 12 Prepared 25.07.2016 eberhaer

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

5.1.5 Reset of TSD systems (Short headroom and/or short pit). . . . . 94

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

 Exclusively for competent professionals.

1.2 Safety Warnin

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Special Tools None required.

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

3.1 System Overview

Schindler 3100/3300/5300 Main Components

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

SMICHMI SF MGB,1 THMH

T2 2RPHT LB SC-U LBSC RPHT T1

Pit Box RESG

Schindler 3100/3300/5300 Main Components

Blocks highlighted in yellow are changed since BIC 5.

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

SF1 SDIC COP

Power Supply [23893; 26.04.2014]

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

SF1 SDIC COP

Power Supply [604639_003; 15.12.2015]

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Safety Circuit [604639_005; 25.1

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Bus System [25782; 26.04.2014]

Bus System [604639_007; 15.12.2015]

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Main Interface Controller

User Interface See chapter “User Interface”.

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

RS232 DBV DUEIS

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

FUSE FUSE FUSE

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

SPECI (used for advanced diagnostics)

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

PCB Layout Front

SIM CARD ESC

DRZS locking device LZS

BDM CM2 BDM SCPU1

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

PCB Layout Rear

User Interface For more details, refer to chapter “User Interface”.

ERR Red Error

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Common Line Sharing Device (modem)

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

Evacuation Module (shown SEM11,

Features  5 V and 3.3 V power supply

Manual evacuation (PEBO)

Control Bionic 5 / Bionic 7

LED Display Description

Movable bolts below the car are in inactive position

Push Buttons and